# Legal services for startups and high-tech companies

> This is a profile website about me, a startup, high-tech and commercial attorney. target audience is mainly israeli based early stage startups and high-tech companies and also startups from the US.

Site: https://startuplawyer.co.il/
Sitemap: https://startuplawyer.co.il/sitemap_index.xml

## Posts
- [Everything You Need to Know About Software Development Agreements](https://startuplawyer.co.il/everything-you-need-to-know-about-software-development-agreements/): A software development agreement is a crucial part of software development. In this post I explain the crucial components.
- [Everything You Need to Know About the Startup Advisor Agreement](https://startuplawyer.co.il/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-startup-advisor-agreement/): Advisors can help a startup succeed, but the relationship needs to be covered by a good Startup Advisor Agreement. Here's what's important.
- [25 Crucial Questions for Co-Founders](https://startuplawyer.co.il/25-crucial-questions-for-co-founders/): Finding the right co-founder is hard. This articles helps make it easier by listing the most important questions that you need to discuss.
- [When should I register a Company (as a startup founder)?](https://startuplawyer.co.il/when-should-i-register-a-company/): Registering a company too early wastes money. Too late might cause legal risk and tax events. Here's the answer to when is the RIGHT time.
- [Template or Lawyer? Costs? When to establish a company?](https://startuplawyer.co.il/legal-templates-for-startups/): Should I use a legal template or a lawyer's services for drafting my legal documents? What are the costs and when should I incorporate?
- [10 Best Startup Lawyers in Israel](https://startuplawyer.co.il/10-best-startup-lawyers-in-israel/): Should I use a legal template or a lawyer's services for drafting my legal documents? What are the costs and when should I incorporate?
- [How to Find a Startup Lawyer: A Practical Guide](https://startuplawyer.co.il/how-to-find-a-startup-lawyer-a-practical-guide/): A startup is enough headache without having to worry about the legal issues. Here's a practical guide on how to find a startup lawyer for you
- [Everything You Need to Know About Digital Asset Purchase Agreements](https://startuplawyer.co.il/everything-you-need-to-know-about-digital-asset-purchase-agreements/): The sale of digital assets has sky-rocketed. In this article I'll show you the most important aspects in digital asset purchase agreements.
- [How Much Equity Should a New Founder Get ?](https://startuplawyer.co.il/how-much-equity-should-a-new-founder-get/): How Much Equity Should a New Founder Get? Should they get 5%, 15% or more? Here's a practical framework for equity allocation between founders.
- [Common Mistakes made by Early-Stage Startups](https://startuplawyer.co.il/common-mistakes-made-by-early-stage-startups/): Common Mistakes made by early-stage startups can be detrimental. In this article, we'll explain some common mistakes and how to avoid them.
- [What Legal Documents do I need for my startup?](https://startuplawyer.co.il/what-legal-documents-do-i-need-for-my-startup/): This article helps you understand which legal documents your startups need, when you need them and how much they cost. Good luck!
- [A Complete Guide to Writing a Business Plan](https://startuplawyer.co.il/how-to-write-a-business-plan/): Here's a complete and detailed guide to writing a business plan that will help you get the funding that you need. Take a look!
- [Evaluation Agreement Guide (2026) | Pilot Agreements for Startups](https://startuplawyer.co.il/evaluation-agreement/): Everything that you need to know about the Evaluation Agreement (also known as pilot agreements or trial agreements), including which..
- [Everything you need to know about a Privacy Policy for Websites and Mobile Apps](https://startuplawyer.co.il/privacy-policy-for-websites-and-mobile-apps/): Having a Privacy Policy for Websites and Mobile Apps is both good for business and a legal requirement. Here's everything you need to know!
- [Idea Validation: How Do I Validate My Startup Idea?](https://startuplawyer.co.il/idea-validation-how-do-i-validate-my-startup-idea/): Validating your startup idea (also known as Idea Validation) is one of the most crucial stages. Read how to do it correctly.
- [Everything you need to know about a founder’s agreement](https://startuplawyer.co.il/everything-you-need-to-know-about-a-founders-agreement/): A founder's agreement is one of the most important agreements that you'll ever sign. Read on to make sure you're fully informed!

## Pages
- [About Us](https://startuplawyer.co.il/about-us/): Thank you for considering our services. I maintain close relationships with all my clients, as I honestly believe that their...
- [Areas of Expertise](https://startuplawyer.co.il/areas-of-expertise-for-startups/): Although we provide a wide arrange of services, our main areas of expertise for startups are these. Feel free to reach out.
- [Articles &#038; Resources](https://startuplawyer.co.il/articles-and-resources-for-startups/): Please make use of the Articles and Resources for Startups that we've provided. The information provided will help you avoid mistakes.
- [Business Consulting](https://startuplawyer.co.il/business-consulting/): We provide you with business consulting and guide you through the legal and business hurdles so that you can focus on managing your business.
- [Business Mediation](https://startuplawyer.co.il/business-mediation/): We're licensed mediators with extensive experience in resolving complicated and sensitive business conflicts.
- [Commercial and Corporate](https://startuplawyer.co.il/commercial-and-corporate/): The field of Commercial law and business is a wide field that covers many different types of transactions and entities, all the way from private companies to local and state authorities, and…
- [Contact Us](https://startuplawyer.co.il/contact-us/): We’re always available, and we love to help. So feel free to fill in the below form, and we promise to get back to you super quick.Have a great day, and remember:Smile…it will either warm their hea…
- [Database Law](https://startuplawyer.co.il/database-law/): One of the most valuable resources and core assets that your business has (in addition to the team/employees) is the data you’ve collected – which can then be leveraged to yield a long-term com…
- [Internet Law](https://startuplawyer.co.il/internet-law/): The business environment is constantly evolving – and now at a faster pace than ever before with Artificial Intelligence (AI). A
- [Leadership mentoring](https://startuplawyer.co.il/leadership-mentoring/): Leadership skills are among the most important skills for the success of a company. They include effective management, effective communication, team leading, communication with senior management, the…
- [Legal and Business Tips for Startup and Entrepreneurs](https://startuplawyer.co.il/legal-and-business-tips-for-startup-and-entrepreneurs/): valuable legal and business tips for Startup and Entrepreneurs to help you avoid mistakes and improve your chances of success
- [Negotiations Consulting](https://startuplawyer.co.il/negotiations-consulting/): I've delivered courses on International Business Negotiations to corporate leaders, elite attorneys, and select students globally.
- [Privacy Law](https://startuplawyer.co.il/privacy-law/): Privacy Law, big data and data protection are now among the most popular and lucrative business fields, and as the popularity of these fields expands, so does the amount of legislation – both on an i…
- [PRIVACY POLICY](https://startuplawyer.co.il/privacy-policy-2/): Your privacy is important to us.&nbsp;This privacy policy (the “Policy”) describes how we (“us”, “our”) collect and use information from the website (www.startuplawyer.co.il) (the “Site” or “Website”)…
- [Schedule a Consult](https://startuplawyer.co.il/schedule-a-consult/)
- [StartUps](https://startuplawyer.co.il/start-ups/): We provide fast, professional and personal business and legal advice for Startups and high-tech companies from around the world.
- [TERMS OF USE](https://startuplawyer.co.il/terms-of-use/): Welcome to Startuplawyer.co.il (the “Site” or “Website”). The Website is a copyrighted work belonging to Assaf Ben-David. (“us”, “our”, and “we”). Certain features of
- [Testimonials](https://startuplawyer.co.il/testimonials/): &#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733; Rated 5 out of 5 "He's really been incredible. I highly recommend him" https://youtube.com/embed/6Fa4Xy0HSjM?feature=share Aaron Wolf CEO of BidGemmer…
- [Thank You](https://startuplawyer.co.il/thank-you/): Thanks for contacting us. We’re out saving the world (ok fine, we’re in a meeting or drafting an important document for a satisfied client) but anway, we promise to get back to you soon!If urgent, fee…

## Categories
- [Startups](https://startuplawyer.co.il/category/startups/)
- [Contracts](https://startuplawyer.co.il/category/contracts/)
- [Business](https://startuplawyer.co.il/category/business/)
- [חוזים](https://startuplawyer.co.il/category/contracts-he-en/)
- [סטארט-אפים](https://startuplawyer.co.il/category/startups-he-en/)
- [Uncategorized](https://startuplawyer.co.il/category/uncategorized/)


# Full content

## Home
https://startuplawyer.co.il/

Smart legal solutions  to guarantee your success.				
					
							
									LET'S CHAT
					
					
									Schedule a Consult
					
				&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;				Rated 5 out of 5
					"I highly recommend working with Assaf" 				
		https://startuplawyer.co.il/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/5-Yael-Yanai-Final-Video.mp4		
				
																
															
																
															
																
															
																
															
																
															
																
															
																
															
																
															
																
															
																
															
																
															
																
															
																
															
																
															
					Our Expertise				
				
								
									
						
							START UPS &amp; HIGH-TECH						
					
									
						As Startup Lawyer, we’ve helped over 540 startups and high-tech companies protect their interests, enabling them to focus on growth. We've drafted over 400 hundred contracts including Founders'  Agreements, SaaS Agreements, Intellectual Property waivers and licenses, Terms of Service, Privacy Policies and many more contracts needed in this field.					
					
									Read More
					
				
								
									
						
							Commercial &amp; Corporate						
					
									
						We assist in incorporating companies, provide guidance on board decisions &amp; regulatory compliance, and contract drafting. We have vast experience with partnership agreements, founder agreements, purchase agreements, license agreements and joint ventures. Additionally, we are experts in negotiations and business disputes and are licensed mediators. 					
					
									Read More
					
				
								
									
						
							Database Law						
					
									
						Due to the increase in database breaches, governments have tightened their grip, and increased fines. This makes it even more crucial to comply with regulatory requirements in order to avoid fines, business disruptions, negative publicity and even jail time. We offer database registration, review and overall database management guidance, together with the required privacy aspects.					
					
									Read More
					
				
								
									
						
							AI &amp; Internet Law						
					
									
						We have vast experience in Internet law and provide in depth legal solutions for a wide variety of internet related transactions, including software development contracts, SaaS licenses, intellectual property aspects (with a focus on copyrights), open source code licenses, Terms of Use, Privacy Policies, marketing campaigns and more. Additionally, we provide counsel for the use and implementation of AI tools and AI generated content.					
					
									Read More
					
				
								
									
						
							Business Consulting						
					
									
						The true value of a startup lawyer lies in his experience and ability to understand your business and its’ needs. We have over a decade of hands-on businesses experience, which enables us to understand both the law and the challenges of starting a startup or managing a large company. We truly believe that your success is ours, and utilize our experience, knowledge and connections to help you succeed.  					
					
									Read More
					
				
								
									
						
							Privacy Law						
					
									
						Privacy has become a major aspect of running a business - both for companies and for their customers. We provide comprehensive services for all your privacy related issues, including general guidance, drafting of Privacy Policies, App Store/Google Play compliance,  privacy at the workplace (cameras, database registration and management) etc.					
					
									Read More
					
				
								
									
						
							Business mediation						
					
									
						I'm a licensed mediator with vast experience in mediating business disputes between companies, co-founders and individuals. All mediation is done in a neutral environment, with full transparency, fostering trust whilst taking an active part to help find amicable solutions for both sides. I believe that every problem has a solution and I'm here to help find it.					
					
									Read More
					
				
								
									
						
							Leadership mentoring						
					
									
						I am an award-winning mentor, who has provided hundreds of mentoring sessions to startup founders, business owners and mid-senior managers at high-tech companies. Within just 5-7 sessions you will discover important insights and receive valuable tools to help you overcome your challenges and begin achieving your goals.  					
					
									Read More
					
				
								
									
						
							Negotiations counsulting						
					
									
						Assaf teaches International Business Negotiations at leading universities around the world, to attorneys at top tier law firms and to private companies. Additionally, he consults, and often accompanies, his clients in complicated international transactions which require expertise in negotiations in order to secure the best conditions for his clients. 					
					
									Read More
					
					Why Our Clients Love Working with Startup Lawyer				
				&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;				Rated 5 out of 5
					"I highly recommend working with Assaf" 				
					Yael Yanai				
					CEO &amp; Founder Tribe9				
				&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;				Rated 5 out of 5
					"Assaf gave me extremely powerful Business and Legal advice"				
		https://youtu.be/pgGDcXnp2d0		
					Bar Sossover				
					Customer Acquisition Director				
				&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;				Rated 5 out of 5
					"Assaf is always available and always happy to help!"				
		https://youtu.be/DNsaCFDuB4E		
					Hilla Srour				
					COO of Stealth Startup				
				&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;				Rated 5 out of 5
					"Assaf is very professional and really cares about his clients"				
		https://youtu.be/s-5JzxpA2wU		
					Alon Moreshet				
					CEO Guiderr				
					
									Click For More Testimonials
					
						
			STARTUPS ASSISTED			
				0
						
			HAPPY CLIENTS			
				0
						
			YEARS OF EXPERIENCE			
				0
					Frequently Asked Questions				
															
								
												How do I validate my startup idea?
					As a startup lawyer, this is a question that I hear very often, and the fact that you are talking about validation is already a great start. I’ve seen so many startups invest time and money, only to find that no one wants/needs their product, or that they only want a certain aspect of it (whilst the startup spent money developing a whole bunch of other features), or that the clients aren’t willing to pay the requested price – making the business not profitable. So you’re already one step ahead.Also, the sooner you validate your product, the better! That said, the version you are validating needs to be representative of the end product, or else the validation isn’t reliable.So, how should you validate it? The best way, is to see whether people are willing to pay for your product/service.This is how you find that out:Create a lean model canvas, or a business model canvas (which is a very basic and more dynamic type of &#8216;business plan&#8217; ), then Setup a Wix or Wordpress website (this can be done for free / very low costs) or if your venture is a mobile app, then create what’s called a Clickable Prototype (“CP”) (a visual of the app in which the images change when you click – you can do so using the Apple Keynote tool or Microsoft PowerPoint). On the website, or the download page for the ‘app’, don’t forget to include the price of the product/service, and enable people to order it (YES, even if it doesn’t really exist yet!). I am happy to explain how this can be done whilst still being fair to your potential customers (the people who click the “buy/download” button).Determine your target market/customers.Spend a small amount marketing what you created.This way, after only spending a very small amount, you will be able to know (assuming that you did it correctly):a)  Do people like your product.b) Do people want/need your product (not the same as ‘a’).c) Are people willing to pay for your product? (this being the most important stage)d) How much are they willing to pay? (you can check this by having 2-3 landing pages with different prices on each).2 last important points:a) In order to rule out external factors like an unattractive landing page or advertising campaign, and assuming you have the time, create multiple landing pages / advertising campaigns, with different designs.b) During the above process, don’t forget to check how much it costs you to get each user/customer to click the “buy” button. If for example each click on your promotion/advertisement costs you $2, and only every 10 people who click go on to the “buy” page – that means each sale is costing you $20. Then check what your average profit per sale is, and then you’ll know if your service/product is worth pursuing (obviously there are additional factors like return customers, referrals etc, but you will get a good estimated/validation of the idea/business).If in doubt, consult with a startup lawyer :-)
															
								
												How is it best to allocate shares between 2 founders?
					I&#8217;ve been working as a startup lawyer for over a decade, and if it&#8217;s one thing I&#8217;ve learnt (by seeing founders constantly fight amongst themselves), is that you should really try and avoid a 50%-50% split. This is a very common cause for confrontation and stagnation in making decisions and moving the business forward. Rather make it so one founder has more shares, and accordingly, more voting rights. If you’ve already agreed on a 50%-50% split, then at least make sure you have a good arbitration/mediation clause and a designated third party who acts as a ‘tie breaker’ in the event of deadlocks. The third party can be your lawyer, accountant, or anyone else that you trust.
															
								
												Do I need a founder's agreement?
					Yes! One of the most common documents that I’ve drafted (for clients who either didn’t have a startup lawyer before me, or had inefficient counsel) is a ‘separation agreement’ between founders / partners.According to research done by CBInsights, the top 3 reasons that startups failure are: no market need, ran out of cash, and not the right team.There is a reason “not the right team” is #3, and this is a strong indication as to why it is important to have a founder’s agreement (yes, even if it’s your best friend from kindergarten, your father or your spouse).If you don’t have money to pay a lawyer to draft one, then either use something from the internet*, or draft your own – but make sure that you cover the below points (*Clarification: I am not encouraging the use of legal documents from the internet, because each document should be tailored to your specific needs by a startup lawyer who knows what your business does. That said, if you don’t have any agreement in place, and don’t have money to pay for one, it is better that you have something, than nothing &#8211; at least for now. A very partial list of subjects that need to cover:Allocation of shares – how many shares each founder gets and when (it is very important to include a vesting period (meaning the allocation of shares over time) and a cliff period).Who does what and by when (deadlines / milestones / minimum of monthly hours)How are decisions made and what happens if there is a ‘tie’ / deadlock (assuming you have an even number of decision makers).How you fire / terminate employment of a founder?Arbitration / Mediation clause.Although I&#8217;m sure you could find a template founders agreement online, or even ask ChatGPT to draft one for you, this is the one agreement that I strongly advise that a startup lawyer with experience draft for you. You will thank me later. 
															
								
												Do I need to sign an agreement with the person / company who is creating my website / application?
					Short answer: yes! Such an agreement is often called a “Service Agreement”, “Development Agreement” or “software development agreement” and you should definitely have one.Long answer: I can’t tell you how many clients have come to me after having a conflict with the company or person who is developing their website or mobile application. If you don’t have an agreement, there is high chance that eventually a conflict or misunderstanding will arise. In the best case, the project will be delivered late and at an extra cost. In the worst case, all their time and money goes down the drain because the programmer does not want to complete the project and just stops in the middle, or delivers an inferior product.Any programmer that doesn’t offer you an agreement (or sign one that you offer them), isn’t as professional as they want you to think they are and there is a high chance that you will have a conflict somewhere along the way. Additionally, considering that developing a mobile app or a website can cost anywhere between $2,000 – $100,000*, it is well worth it to have a lawyer draft such an agreement [*if you are creating a small/simple website which costs less than the above, you could risk drafting your own agreement – just be sure to cover the below points].The service agreement should include (at minimum) the following issues*:A waiver giving your ownership to anything the programmer creates (Intellectual Property).A clear description of the project – what needs to be done, what the final result will be / look like / functions (in as much detail as possible).A schedule: dates, deadlines and milestones to achieve the end result.The payment schedule and method: when, what currency and what method of transfer. Make sure payments are in accordance with progress – only after each stage has been completed, should payment be made, with at least 20% left for as long as possible (a few weeks to a few months – depending on the project) after the delivery of the project, in case any errors/bugs are discovered.Conflict resolution clause. This could be arbitration, mediation or any other method you agree with.* The agreement usually includes many more issues and can be anywhere between 5-9 pages, not including attachments.Although the above issues may not sound like they require a lawyer to draft them, the importance is in the details, and these can only be recognized from experience – so preferably a lawyer who has done such projects himself (we happen to know one 🙂 ).
															
								
												I paid a programmer to create a website for me, do I own the intellectual property rights?
					Not necessarily. The answer depends on the legal jurisdiction (the laws) that apply in your country (or the place in which the transaction took place), and the specific facts (for example: what was agreed between you and the developer, and how was it agreed – verbally? In writing?).The copyright laws of many western countries usually state, that the default status is that the person who creates the ‘work’ (in this case your website), is the owner of that creation (assuming he didn’t copy it from someone else). Therefore, in the above example, the programmer will be the owner of the rights in the website.That said, there are a few exceptions:If you, the client, order a ‘work’ (i.e. a website), and agree (explicitly, and in some cases also implied) that you will own the rights, then you will in fact own the rights despite the above mentioned default.If the website was created by an employee during, and as part, of his ‘day job’, then his employer (his boss) may own the rights to the website – unless agreed otherwise. For example: if your programmer works for IBM, and whilst at the office he takes some time to create your website, then his employers (IBM) may own your website seeing how it was created by their employee who is under contract with them.There are other exceptions and exclusions, which is why it is so important to understand all the facts and the specific situation and consult with a startup lawyer. This type of consultation shouldn’t be too costly.
															
								
												Can I work on my startup while being employed at a company (my day job), without risking my ownerships rights (in my startup)?
					It depends on the local laws, and also on the what your employment contract states. Some laws state that any ‘creation’ (for example you mobile app), created during and for, your employer, will be owned by your employer – unless agreed otherwise. Additionally, and even if such laws don’t apply, many employment contracts, and especially those in high-tech companies, might not permit you to work on other projects whilst being employed by them, and/or state (in your employment contract) that such work is an infringement of your employment agreement. Additionally, even if your employment contract doesn’t prevent you from working on other personal projects, it may state that the ownership rights to whatever you create, will be theirs (your current employer) – which is obviously something you want to avoid (which you can). There are some fairly easy ways to avoid this. If you are in doubt, it is best to contact a startup lawyer or a commercial lawyer and  consult.
															
								
												Important factors when choosing a domain name for my website
					Great question!Check to see that you don&#8217;t choose a name that is already being used or very similar to an existing company (especially not large companies or companies in the same industry as yours) because they will often use legal pressure to make you transfer the name to them.Avoid names with hyphens (especially if there are wbsites with similar names (without hyphens), because then users will end up at your competitors website). Also, avoid words that have common spelling mistakes.  Of course, there&#8217;s a preference for domains with a &#8220;.com&#8221; extension, but it&#8217;s not easy to find a good domain and the price is higher. There are 2 solutions: choose another nice and reliable extension, for example .co, or you can invent a word, like Google did (just be careful that if you&#8217;re targeting the Asian market, you don&#8217;t choose a word that is a curse or has a funny meaning &#8211; like poop&#8230; it&#8217;s happened to a few big companies&#8230;).A domain with a suggestive name can be nice (for example, if you&#8217;re in the sports field, then &#8220;Getfit.com&#8221; helps).If you&#8217;re buying a domain that&#8217;s been used before, make sure to sign an agreement covering issues like debt or liability due before the change of ownership. It would also be wise to check SEO aspects (for example, the domain could have been used for spam). Lastly, don&#8217;t invest too much time in the domain and certainly don&#8217;t buy a domain for hundreds of dollars (or a million dollars like another startup did&#8230;) because it&#8217;s really not as important as entrepreneurs think at the beginning&#8230;Focus on validating the venture/business, because most other things can be changed and improved along the way.
					
									More great tips &amp; advice
					
					Meet the specialist				
					Attorney Assaf Ben-David  Mediator | Lecturer | Mentor				
																														
		I've been working as a startup lawyer for 13+ years, and during that time I've helped over 500 startups, and drafted over 400 contracts. I honestly believe that your success is my success! I’ll help you find a solution to all your legal and business needs in a patient and professional way.		
					
									About me
					
					
							
									LinkedIn

## About Us
https://startuplawyer.co.il/about-us/

About Me				
		Hi there :-)Nice to meet you.I'm Assaf. I'm a commercial, startup and high-tech lawyer, university lecturer, licensed mediator,  entrepreneur (at least I try to be...😊) and have a Masters degree in Business Law. I have over 13 years of experience (at some stage I stopped counting) and began my career at two of the largest law firms in Israel. I specialize in high-tech, startups, software development agencies and commercial agreements. Over the years I've advised over ~500 startups and helped clients negotiate and sign over ~400 contracts, including commercial agreements, licensing agreements, founder's agreements,  partnership agreement, company incorporation, early stage investments, evaluation (pilot) agreements, software development agreements, SaaS agreements, purchase or sale agreements of digital assets and software and almost any other agreements related to startups, high-tech and business transactions.In 2014 I established the IDC Legal Clinic for start-ups, which provides legal and business support to hundreds of entrepreneurs and ventures from under-represented communities.I'm also a lecturer at numerous universities where I teach “International Business Negotiations” and “Entrepreneurship 101”. I teach at Reichmann University, guest lecture at the Technion (Israel’s leading technical university), at the Lahav program for managers at Tel-Aviv University, at Tilburg University (Netherlands), Innsbruck University (Austria) and at Peking University (China). I also lecture at private companies and law firms.I also advise as mentor on platforms such as Clarity.fm and Startups.com (one of the biggest startup platforms in the world) and serve as a personal business coach (on leadership aspects) for mid to senior managers at high-tech companies.Finally (did you really read up to here? 😊), I've established a few ventures and startups with co-founders with a combination of results: one was ok, but not much more so we eventually closed it, one was a complete waste of time (hey, I was young and didn't know what I know today), and one went pretty well. I'm currently working on another one.Bottom line: I know the startup world inside and out, including all the challenges. I give personal 1:1 attention to all my clients. Most of my clients are referrals from existing clients, but I’m always happy to welcome new clients. Feel free to give me a call or send me an email if you need anything.https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ihYSib3Ul9A&#038;t=1s		
												
																					Lecturing about common legal mistakes in Berlin
										
												
																					Lecturing about common legal mistakes in Berlin
										
					Why choose us?				
					See what our clients have to say				
				&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;				Rated 5 out of 5
					"Assaf gave me extremely powerful  Business and Legal advice"				
					Bar Sossover				
					Customer Acquisition Director				
				&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;				Rated 5 out of 5
					"Assaf always explains
everything patiently"				
					Hilla Srour				
					CEO of Stealth Startup				
				&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;				Rated 5 out of 5
					I couldn't be happier with my results.				
					Alon Moreshet				
					CEO of Guiderr				
					
									See More

## Areas of Expertise
https://startuplawyer.co.il/areas-of-expertise-for-startups/

START UPS					
					
						Read More					
									
						COMMERCIAL LAW					
					
						Read More					
									
						AI &amp; INTERNET LAW					
					
						Read More					
									
						DATABASE LAW					
					
						Read More					
									
						PRIVACY LAW					
					
						Read More					
									
						BUSINESS CONSULTING					
					
						Read More					
									
						BUSINESS MEDIATION					
					
						Read More					
									
						LEADERSHIP MENTORING					
					
						Read More					
									
						NEGOTIATIONS COUNSULTING					
					
						Read More

## Articles &#038; Resources
https://startuplawyer.co.il/articles-and-resources-for-startups/

SEARCH		
			POPULAR POSTS		
			RECENT POSTS

## Business Consulting
https://startuplawyer.co.il/business-consulting/

Many business owners feel that their business is not operating at an optimal level of efficiency, and find themselves frustrated when facing the numerous legal and business hurdles preventing them from fulfilling their full potential. That is exactly what we are here for – to provide you with business consulting and guide you through the legal and business hurdles, enabling you to focus on managing and expanding your business.We provide legal and business consul for a wide range of business-law and commercial activities relating to the every-day management of your business. Our services include planning and accompanying complex business transactions, business and personal mentoring – tailored to your needs and goals, acquisition of companies, establishing a new business or company, optimization of existing business, forming of partnerships, analyzing and due diligence for the potential purchase of a new business, business plan writing and reviewing and more.We help business owners overcome legal and business obstacles, and enhance their management skills on a wide range of aspects, including, self-management, time-management, marketing, and sales, delegating authority and hiring of employees.Attorney Assaf Ben-David works as a consultant and mentor, and was handpicked to advise companies and startups on leading international websites such as Startups.com and Clarity.fm. Thanks to his extensive legal knowledge, vast business expertise, and an ability to understand your specific business’ needs, we are confident that we can help you overcome any legal or business obstacle.Feel free to contact us with any questions

## Business Mediation
https://startuplawyer.co.il/business-mediation/

In the complex world of startups and high-tech ventures, business disputes are an inevitable reality. However, if not managed correctly, these conflicts can derail your progress, prove extremely costly, and spiral into lawsuits that often paralyze the business and deter potential investments. As a licensed mediator with extensive experience in resolving complicated and sensitive business conflicts, I offer comprehensive business mediation services designed to navigate these challenging situations effectively.The mediation process I provide is conducted based on the understanding that both sides have typically lost trust in each other and often feel that the issue can't be resolved. This is why a process that involves full transparency, patience, experience, and innovative thinking is crucial. My approach is tailored to address the unique dynamics of each dispute, ensuring that all parties feel heard and understood throughout the mediation journey.I specialize in several key areas of business conflict, including:Partnership and co-founder disagreements: These can arise from differing visions for the company, unequal contributions, or disputes over equity and decision-making power.Intellectual property disputes: Conflicts over ownership, usage rights, or infringement of patents, trademarks, or copyrights can be particularly complex in the tech industry.Contractual or commercial conflicts: Disagreements over terms, performance, or breach of contracts can significantly impact business operations and relationships.My approach to mediation is designed to find amicable solutions that protect your interests while preserving valuable business relationships. By facilitating open communication and exploring creative problem-solving techniques, we can often reach mutually beneficial resolutions that may not be achievable through traditional legal channels.One of the key advantages of mediation is its cost-effectiveness and efficiency compared to litigation. Why waste more time and money arguing or on legal fees and lengthy court procedures when you can solve the issues through mediation? The mediation process is typically faster, more flexible, and allows for more control over the outcome than going to court.Moreover, mediation offers a confidential environment where disputes can be resolved privately, helping to maintain your company's reputation and protect sensitive business information. This discretion is particularly valuable in the competitive startup and tech ecosystems.As your mediator, I bring not only legal expertise but also a deep understanding of the unique challenges faced by startups and tech companies. This specialized knowledge allows me to facilitate discussions that address both the immediate conflict and the long-term implications for your business. If you're in need of business mediation to resolve a dispute that's holding your company back, don't let the conflict escalate further. Take the proactive step towards resolution by reaching out todayIf you’re in need of business mediation, feel free to contact us.

## Commercial and Corporate
https://startuplawyer.co.il/commercial-and-corporate/

The field of Commercial law and business is a wide field that covers many different types of transactions and entities, all the way from private companies to local and state authorities, and including private individuals. The commercial field touches on many different legal sectors and therefore effects the daily management of almost every type of business. Therefore, in order to provide real value, a commercial lawyer must have extensive knowledge, experience and expertise in both the legal world and the business world, and understand the specific business sector of his clients.We provide legal guidance and assistance to a variety of sectors such as high-tech, financing, internet, and E-commerce, and provide ongoing consulting for all of your daily business needs. Our services include registering companies, drafting and negotiating a wide range of contracts such as licensing agreements, programming and development agreements, distribution agreements, commercial transactions, mergers and acquisitions and outsourcing services – just to name a few.Our extensive knowledge and expertise in commercial law, combined with our hands on experience in the business world, enables us to provide fast, efficient and professional services to all of your legal and business needs, therefore providing you with excellent value and incredible results.Feel free to contact us.

## Contact Us
https://startuplawyer.co.il/contact-us/

We’re always available, and we love to help. So feel free to fill in the below form, and we promise to get back to you super quick.Have a great day, and remember:Smile…it will either warm their heart, or piss them off…either way, you win.

## Database Law
https://startuplawyer.co.il/database-law/

One of the most valuable resources and core assets that your business has (in addition to the team/employees) is the data you’ve collected – which can then be leveraged to yield a long-term competitive advantage. That said, collecting, processing, using and storing of personal information is subject to many stringent and fast-changing data protection laws and regulations – local and international – which need to be addressed in order to avoid fines, penalties, damage to your brand, and in some cases, even jail time. For the above reasons, it is crucial that your business is compliant with the applicable rules and regulations.We provide counsel to our clients on how to best manage their information and databases, and how to minimize and avoid the risks associated with the collecting, processing, using and storing of personal information. Our services include database registration, practical advice as to how to collect, process and store the information, legal opinions relating to the transfer of data and compliance with the applicable regulations, agreements with data processors, data security analysis and more.Clients turn to us for our clear, pragmatic and tailored advice in regards to data protection issues, such as: databases, data security, marketing activities, crossFeel free to contact us.

## Internet Law
https://startuplawyer.co.il/internet-law/

The business environment is constantly evolving – and now at a faster pace than ever before with Artificial Intelligence (AI). Add to this the fact that numerous new Internet laws and AI laws (such as the European AI Act) have come into play, and the conclusion becomes very clear: in order to survive today’s business challenges, it is essential that you have someone with in-depth knowledge and understanding of the changing regulatory environment, who can help you navigate through the various regulations. We are that perfect “someone”.We represent companies from a variety of sectors, including mobile app creators, programmers and software development companies, gaming companies, SEO companies, trading platforms,  AI agent creators, and marketing and advertising companies – just to name a few. Our services include all the legal aspects of creating websites and mobile applications, use of open source code, copyright infringement, compliance for E-commerce websites, online consumer laws, domain names, creation of AI generated content, AI agents and assistants and AI wrappers.We also have vast expertise drafting various agreements such as software development agreements, service agreements, licensing agreements, SaaS agreements, terms of service, privacy policies and more.Our vast expertise in AI related issues, Internet and computer law, combined with our practical business knowledge enables us to provide swift, comprehensive and professional advice to a wide range of your complex needs and provide you with the advice that you need to succeed.Creating a website or an application? Working with AI agents or AI based services? Providing online services? Own an E-commerce store? Contact us and let us help you deal with all your legal needs (preferably before they come as litigation letters).Feel free to contact us

## Leadership mentoring
https://startuplawyer.co.il/leadership-mentoring/

Leadership skills are among the most important skills for the success of a company. They include effective management, effective communication, team leading, communication with senior management, the ability to focus on defined goals, and the ability to lead by example. The success of a business relies strongly on its’ leaders have strong leadership skills.Luckily, these skills can be learned and improved.I’ve accompanied hundreds of startup founders and managers at high-tech companies,  helping them with a variety of issues including the startup process, communication skills, managing a team, in-team communications, long-term planning, conflict resolution and career development.The process usually involves 5-10 sessions (one hour each) with trainees already seeing the results after the first few sessions. During the sessions you will gain new insights and valuable (practical) tools to overcome challenges and achieve your goals.I look forward to working with you. Feel free to contact us if you need mentoring.

## Legal and Business Tips for Startup and Entrepreneurs
https://startuplawyer.co.il/legal-and-business-tips-for-startup-and-entrepreneurs/

Legal and Business Tips for Startup and Entrepreneurs				
				Table of Contents			
										
				
							
					Ideation				
						
				
					 Shoud I be scared of someone stealing  my startup idea? 
			
			
						
									When you’re researching or validating your idea, it’s important to talk to as many people as possible (about your startup idea)! &#8220;But what if someone steals it Assaf?!&#8221;No one is going to steal your idea. This happens maybe once in a million cases, and the reason that it hardly never happens is simple:Finding ideas is easy!But executing the idea and bringing it to life is really (really) hard! It takes:-&gt; Skill.-&gt; Money-&gt; A lot of time (1-4 years),-&gt; Pain &amp; Personal sacrifice.And most people don’t have, or aren&#8217;t ready to give all of the above. So &#8220;no&#8221;, they won&#8217;t steal it. But if you share it with people, you&#8217;ll get:-&gt; advice,-&gt; Insights-&gt; New customers-&gt; Potential connections &amp; partnerships that will help you advance your business.A few practical tips on how to do it: Sharing with almost anyone is ok, but you’ll get MUCH more value if you share with people who are in your target audience.Present your idea/service clearly and make sure you&#8217;re asking the right questions. Clarity: a 12 year old needs to understand. Questions: no leading questions. Use open ended questions. Wait for answers, don’t interrupt.Be careful of the &#8216;ugly baby syndrome&#8217; &#8211; this is when you show the person that you love your startup so much, that the person doesn&#8217;t feel comfortable giving you his/her real opinion. Present the idea in an objective way, even say something negative about it, like: “I’m not really sure this is the best idea” &#8211; this makes them feel comfortable to be honest.Final words:It&#8217;s not fun getting negative feedback, and sometimes people will say things that aren&#8217;t even correct or relevant. But try to keep an open mind, and if the same feedback repeats itself, then there&#8217;s probably something to it.								
					
						
				
					 what are the first stages of building a startup? 
			
			
						
									I often get asked: *What is the order of doing things in a startup?*I can write a whole post on this, but here&#8217;s the short version:There isn&#8217;t only one &#8216;right&#8217; way, but here&#8217;s a pretty good flow:1. Find a problem, pain or need.2. Validate the need / idea &#8211; meaning, make sure people really have a need for your solution  &#8211; be careful not to ask leading questions (see more on this under &#8220;validation&#8221; below).3. Get together a team.* No, you don&#8217;t HAVE to have a team but if you find the right one, it helps.* and Yes, creating a team can also come before validation. Both are fine.4. Create an MVP (minimal version of the product / service). It does not have to be perfect! IT just has to help solve the person&#8217;s pain/need. 5. Cover the basic legal aspects (usually includes a founder&#8217;s agreement if you have a team, terms of service or SaaS agreement, privacy policy etc.).6. Start selling &#8211; even if the product isn&#8217;t perfect (there is no such thing and it will keep evolving over time)That&#8217;s it &#8211; at least for the beginning of the journey!With all the AI tools out there, don&#8217;t be scared, just give it a shot. It&#8217;s a great feeling when you get that first sale, even if it&#8217;s $5								
					
		When you’re researching or validating your idea, it’s important to talk to as many people as possible (about your startup idea)! "But what if someone steals it Assaf?!"No one is going to steal your idea. This happens maybe once in a million cases, and the reason that it hardly never happens is simple:Finding ideas is easy!But executing the idea and bringing it to life is really (really) hard! It takes:-&gt; Skill.-&gt; Money-&gt; A lot of time (1-4 years),-&gt; Pain &amp; Personal sacrifice.And most people don’t have, or aren't ready to give all of the above. So "no", they won't steal it. But if you share it with people, you'll get:-&gt; advice,-&gt; Insights-&gt; New customers-&gt; Potential connections &amp; partnerships that will help you advance your business.A few practical tips on how to do it: Sharing with almost anyone is ok, but you’ll get MUCH more value if you share with people who are in your target audience.Present your idea/service clearly and make sure you're asking the right questions. Clarity: a 12 year old needs to understand. Questions: no leading questions. Use open ended questions. Wait for answers, don’t interrupt.Be careful of the 'ugly baby syndrome' - this is when you show the person that you love your startup so much, that the person doesn't feel comfortable giving you his/her real opinion. Present the idea in an objective way, even say something negative about it, like: “I’m not really sure this is the best idea” - this makes them feel comfortable to be honest.Final words:It's not fun getting negative feedback, and sometimes people will say things that aren't even correct or relevant. But try to keep an open mind, and if the same feedback repeats itself, then there's probably something to it.I often get asked: *What is the order of doing things in a startup?*I can write a whole post on this, but here's the short version:There isn't only one 'right' way, but here's a pretty good flow:1. Find a problem, pain or need.2. Validate the need / idea - meaning, make sure people really have a need for your solution  - be careful not to ask leading questions (see more on this under "validation" below).3. Get together a team.* No, you don't HAVE to have a team but if you find the right one, it helps.* and Yes, creating a team can also come before validation. Both are fine.4. Create an MVP (minimal version of the product / service). It does not have to be perfect! IT just has to help solve the person's pain/need. 5. Cover the basic legal aspects (usually includes a founder's agreement if you have a team, terms of service or SaaS agreement, privacy policy etc.).6. Start selling - even if the product isn't perfect (there is no such thing and it will keep evolving over time)That's it - at least for the beginning of the journey!With all the AI tools out there, don't be scared, just give it a shot. It's a great feeling when you get that first sale, even if it's $5		
					Validation				
						
				
					 How do I find a pain, a need or a problem for a startup idea? 
			
			
						
									50 years ago, creating a company used to be about creating a solution, and then marketing the hell out of it to people.Today, it&#8217;s about recognizing a pain (that&#8217;s big enough) and then offering a good enough solution for that pain.&#8220;Ok Assaf, but how do I find that pain?&#8221;Well, it helps if it&#8217;s something that you or someone close to you experienced.But if not, here&#8217;s a few ideas (lots more, but don&#8217;t want this message to be too long):Sub-Reddit groups (you can use tools like Gummysearch.com)Niche Facebook groups There&#8217;s ton of niche groups, with people asking or complaining about 1 specific thing. Find it, understand it, and see if you can solve it.Find keywords with high demand and low competition &#8211; build a product around it. You can use tools like Google Keyword Planner or &#8220;Buildthekeyword.com&#8221;.Write down your own problems or frustrations &#8211; then check if others suffer from it. Once you find a problem, you need to see if enough people suffer from it, and if they&#8217;re willing to pay (enough) for a solution.								
					
						
				
					 What’s important in a startup idea for it to be successful? 
			
			
						
									How to be unique in a market where almost anything can be made &#8216;instantly&#8217; with AI.&#8220;I built in 1 week what previously took me and my CTO 6 months to build &#8211; and it&#8217;s exactly the same &#8216;product&#8217; &#8220;This is what a founder (and one of my clients) told me last week.He&#8217;d been working with his co-founder CTO for 6 months, and because of personal reasons they decided to split up.So instead of finding another CTO, he decided to try build his service/app by himself.He only had a bit of technical background.He tried Lovable, Basee44 and eventually decided that Cursor was best for his needs.He build the web-app in a week.But that&#8217;s not even the point.We all know that you can now build crazy stuff with AI &#8211; and build it super fast.The question is:if everyone can build &#8216;everything&#8217; (or almost everything), then what makes your product special?And what prevents your users from just switching to a competitor?Here&#8217;s my 2 cents:→ UX/UI (5%)→ Pricing (10%)→ Uniqueness (5%)→ Having a story (10%)→ Timing (being first) (20%)→ Building a pre-launch follower base (30%)→ Personal connection + base of followers (20%)If you&#8217;re before launch:↳ start sharing your journey. ↳ create personal connections. ↳ nurture those first 100 customers.								
					
						
				
					 How do I validate my startup idea? 
			
			
						
									I talk to about 10-20 entrepreneurs every week, and many of them make the same mistake.They all share with me that everyone tells them that their idea is great and that they can&#8217;t wait to start using their product.&#8220;Ok, but that sounds great Assaf, so what&#8217;s the mistake?&#8221;The mistake is that it gives you, the entrepreneur, fake hope.It&#8217;s not real. It&#8217;s not validation.The only real way to validate your idea, is to get people to put their hand in their pocket, and pay for it.It doesn&#8217;t have to be a lot. It can be a low price. It can be a downpayment, it can even be a small &#8216;registration fee&#8217;. Whatever you like, so long as they pay.Because only when people show that they&#8217;re willing to pay, does it mean that they really need your solution.&#8220;But Assaf, we don&#8217;t have a product yet&#8221;You&#8217;re in luck! It&#8217;s never been easier than today to build an MVP, or even an advanced MVP.It&#8217;s faster than ever and cheaper than ever.You can use No Code tools like Bubble or Webflow, OR you can use AI tools like Cursor, Loveable or Base44.Bottom line: compliments are great. They make us feel good, but they are not real validation. Always make sure that you really validate before spending years of your life and thousands of dollars.								
					
		50 years ago, creating a company used to be about creating a solution, and then marketing the hell out of it to people.Today, it's about recognizing a pain (that's big enough) and then offering a good enough solution for that pain."Ok Assaf, but how do I find that pain?"Well, it helps if it's something that you or someone close to you experienced.But if not, here's a few ideas (lots more, but don't want this message to be too long):Sub-Reddit groups (you can use tools like Gummysearch.com)Niche Facebook groups There's ton of niche groups, with people asking or complaining about 1 specific thing. Find it, understand it, and see if you can solve it.Find keywords with high demand and low competition - build a product around it. You can use tools like Google Keyword Planner or "Buildthekeyword.com".Write down your own problems or frustrations - then check if others suffer from it. Once you find a problem, you need to see if enough people suffer from it, and if they're willing to pay (enough) for a solution.How to be unique in a market where almost anything can be made 'instantly' with AI."I built in 1 week what previously took me and my CTO 6 months to build - and it's exactly the same 'product' "This is what a founder (and one of my clients) told me last week.He'd been working with his co-founder CTO for 6 months, and because of personal reasons they decided to split up.So instead of finding another CTO, he decided to try build his service/app by himself.He only had a bit of technical background.He tried Lovable, Basee44 and eventually decided that Cursor was best for his needs.He build the web-app in a week.But that's not even the point.We all know that you can now build crazy stuff with AI - and build it super fast.The question is:if everyone can build 'everything' (or almost everything), then what makes your product special?And what prevents your users from just switching to a competitor?Here's my 2 cents:→ UX/UI (5%)→ Pricing (10%)→ Uniqueness (5%)→ Having a story (10%)→ Timing (being first) (20%)→ Building a pre-launch follower base (30%)→ Personal connection + base of followers (20%)If you're before launch:↳ start sharing your journey. ↳ create personal connections. ↳ nurture those first 100 customers.I talk to about 10-20 entrepreneurs every week, and many of them make the same mistake.They all share with me that everyone tells them that their idea is great and that they can't wait to start using their product."Ok, but that sounds great Assaf, so what's the mistake?"The mistake is that it gives you, the entrepreneur, fake hope.It's not real. It's not validation.The only real way to validate your idea, is to get people to put their hand in their pocket, and pay for it.It doesn't have to be a lot. It can be a low price. It can be a downpayment, it can even be a small 'registration fee'. Whatever you like, so long as they pay.Because only when people show that they're willing to pay, does it mean that they really need your solution."But Assaf, we don't have a product yet"You're in luck! It's never been easier than today to build an MVP, or even an advanced MVP.It's faster than ever and cheaper than ever.You can use No Code tools like Bubble or Webflow, OR you can use AI tools like Cursor, Loveable or Base44.Bottom line: compliments are great. They make us feel good, but they are not real validation. Always make sure that you really validate before spending years of your life and thousands of dollars.		
					POC / MVP				
						
				
					 How do I pitch my startup idea? 
			
			
						
									Every entrepreneur (and business) needs to be able to answer these 5 questions in a super simple way (so that a 12-year-old can understand) and within about 45 &#8211; 90 seconds:What does your startup do?Who is your target audience (if not already clear from answer #1)?What is your business model? (I dare you to say advertisements!).How/Why are you different from others? (AKA the &#8220;why you?&#8221;)[if you say we have &#8216;better features&#8217; I&#8217;ll smack you!]Why should I invest in you/your startup now? (aka: the &#8220;why now&#8221;) I speak to 10-30 entrepreneurs every week and very few know how to really answer this (most get stuck in question #1).I&#8217;ve even seen pitches where after 10 minutes the investor stops the entrepreneur and asks them: &#8220;but wait, what is the startup??&#8221;.Master answering the above questions and your startup journey will be so much easier.Homework:(&#8220;sheesh Assaf, I&#8217;m here for the tips not for you to give me stuff to do&#8221; 😂)For this Thursday, practice answering question 1 in just two (short) sentences and share it with the group (if you like). 								
					
		Every entrepreneur (and business) needs to be able to answer these 5 questions in a super simple way (so that a 12-year-old can understand) and within about 45 - 90 seconds:What does your startup do?Who is your target audience (if not already clear from answer #1)?What is your business model? (I dare you to say advertisements!).How/Why are you different from others? (AKA the "why you?")[if you say we have 'better features' I'll smack you!]Why should I invest in you/your startup now? (aka: the "why now") I speak to 10-30 entrepreneurs every week and very few know how to really answer this (most get stuck in question #1).I've even seen pitches where after 10 minutes the investor stops the entrepreneur and asks them: "but wait, what is the startup??".Master answering the above questions and your startup journey will be so much easier.Homework:("sheesh Assaf, I'm here for the tips not for you to give me stuff to do" 😂)For this Thursday, practice answering question 1 in just two (short) sentences and share it with the group (if you like). 		
					Business Models &amp; Monetization				
						
				
					 What are the most common Business Models for Startups? 
			
			
						
									Most startups use the following models:Subscription model: a monthly or annual payment for a service, based on the plan that the user selected.Credits model: Payment for a service through a package of credits. This model can be linked to the subscription model or treated as a separate model.Advertising model: This model is very hard to profit from unless you have a lot of traffic on your site/app, or you’ve found a niche with little competition and in a sector where advertisers are willing to pay a lot of money per lead or click. For example the mortgage industry (although that business space is already highly competitive).Freemium model: The basic service is provided free of charge, but advanced features require payment.Marketplace: Your platform connects between side A and side B and charges a commission for making the connection. For example, a platform for mentors &#8211; you have users who are looking for a mentor and users who want to provide mentoring services. Affiliation (affiliate marketing): Earning a commission for referring leads or customers. For example, you run a fashion site, and you add an image of a jacket and link on it to Amazon using your affiliate ID (a unique link that you got from Amazon). Every time someone buys through that link, you receive a payment (either a fixed amount or a percentage of the transaction).Leads: Receiving payment for referring a customer to another service provider. For example, you have a website about cars, and you add a form for people who need car insurance. Every time you pass the lead (the customer’s details) to the insurance company, you get paid.Licensing model: You sell licenses to use your software or a product/service you created. For example, you developed code that performs a useful function, and people use it in their own software or websites. You charge a monthly or annual fee for that usage.Direct sales: The classic traditional method: you sell products (including digital products) and charge for each sale.There are of course many more models, but these are the most common. Sometimes it is better to use familiar models (easier for your customers), and sometimes inventing a new model can be the foundation of the venture itself. Netflix or Airbnb are examples: they took a familiar service but changed the model.								
					
		Most startups use the following models:Subscription model: a monthly or annual payment for a service, based on the plan that the user selected.Credits model: Payment for a service through a package of credits. This model can be linked to the subscription model or treated as a separate model.Advertising model: This model is very hard to profit from unless you have a lot of traffic on your site/app, or you’ve found a niche with little competition and in a sector where advertisers are willing to pay a lot of money per lead or click. For example the mortgage industry (although that business space is already highly competitive).Freemium model: The basic service is provided free of charge, but advanced features require payment.Marketplace: Your platform connects between side A and side B and charges a commission for making the connection. For example, a platform for mentors - you have users who are looking for a mentor and users who want to provide mentoring services. Affiliation (affiliate marketing): Earning a commission for referring leads or customers. For example, you run a fashion site, and you add an image of a jacket and link on it to Amazon using your affiliate ID (a unique link that you got from Amazon). Every time someone buys through that link, you receive a payment (either a fixed amount or a percentage of the transaction).Leads: Receiving payment for referring a customer to another service provider. For example, you have a website about cars, and you add a form for people who need car insurance. Every time you pass the lead (the customer’s details) to the insurance company, you get paid.Licensing model: You sell licenses to use your software or a product/service you created. For example, you developed code that performs a useful function, and people use it in their own software or websites. You charge a monthly or annual fee for that usage.Direct sales: The classic traditional method: you sell products (including digital products) and charge for each sale.There are of course many more models, but these are the most common. Sometimes it is better to use familiar models (easier for your customers), and sometimes inventing a new model can be the foundation of the venture itself. Netflix or Airbnb are examples: they took a familiar service but changed the model.		
					Team / Founders				
						
				
					 What is Cliff Period in startups? 
			
			
						
									Cliff is the younger brother of Vesting (a legal ‘tool’ in founder’s agreements used to prevent founders from walking away with too many shares too soon) and they usually go together.What is Cliff or a “Cliff Period”?A cliff period is a section in your founder’s agreement that says that if a founder leaves before a certain time, they don’t get any shares / equity.How long is the average Cliff period?The cliff period is usually 6-12 months – depending on the stage of the startup and the founder’s situation (but it can be less in some cases).Does it apply to all the founders?Yes, usually it applies equally to all the founders.Example: David, Dayna and Jim started a startup. They each have the *right* to 33% of the shares.They agreed on a cliff period of 8 months.So, if David leaves or gets fired within 6 months, he doesn&#8217;t get any shares (even if according to the vesting schedule he was supposed to get something).Again: the purpose is to prevent founders that were only involved for a short time from leaving with shares, because you don’t want an early stage startup that has 2-3 people who aren’t involved but have shares in the Company &#8211; it causes a mess.But you need to be careful with Cliff, because you may need adjustments.For example, if Jim already worked on the startup for 9 months before David joined, is it fair that he’ll have the same Cliff period as Jim who just joined?Or: what if David finishes all the coding in just 5 months, and then Jim and Dayna decide to fire him? How is he protected?There are solutions, but you need someone who knows what they’re doing to guide you (and no, Chat GPT won’t even ask you about this).  								
					
						
				
					 What is Vesting (in startups)? 
			
			
						
									What is *vesting* (of shares) and why it&#8217;s so important.I get this question a lot, so I thought I&#8217;d explain.Imagine the following: you&#8217;re 3 founders: Jenny, David and Ryan. You&#8217;re sitting at a coffee shop, planning your big startup.You agree that you&#8217;ll each get 33.33% of the shares, you shake hands, raise your drinks and go to sleep all happy and excited.2 months later, Jenny (the talented programmer), get&#8217;s an offer from Facebook. Crazy salary. Her dream come true.Or option B: she get&#8217;s into a huge fight with David. Whichever option you like.Here&#8217;s what happens next:she says adios amigos, and leaves *with her 33%* which then kills the startup&#8230;.Why? Because they agreed that they each get 33%&#8230;.doesn&#8217;t matter when or how they leave&#8230;And that&#8217;s why they invented vesting:Same story, each get 33%, but they&#8217;re not really getting it just yet.They have the *RIGHT* to 33% but that right is only &#8216;released&#8217; in small bits over a period of 3-4 years (the vesting period) -assuming Jenny stays in the venture&#8230;So if there was a vesting mechanism (let&#8217;s say 3 years), and she left after 6 months, she would only get 5.5% &#8211; which wouldn&#8217;t leave the company crippled.[4 quarters i n each year x 3 = 12 quarters. So 33% divided into 12 quarters =2.5% x 2 quarters &#8211; because we said 6 months]Today people use reverse vesting for tax reasons, but if you understand vesting it&#8217;s enough.I hope this helped. 								
					
						
				
					 Your REAL first co-founder is your life partner 
			
			
						
									Everyone thinks their first startup partner is their co-founder. They&#8217;re wrong!Your first real (and substantial) startup partner is your life partner &#8211; your wife, husband, girlfriend, or boyfriend.Building a startup is hard. Very hard! Most entrepreneurs build while working full-time. The person who feels it most is your life partner / your family.What you need to do:1. Share your dreams &amp; plans. Be honest, don&#8217;t sugarcoat it.2. Listen to their fears, concerns and needs.3. Find the middle ground.Once you start your journey:4. Share the journey and updates.5. Understand that it may be hard for them as well.Build a support system: surround yourself with entrepreneurs going through similar stages, and/or mentors.								
					
						
				
					 What mistakes should I avoid when dividing shares between co-founders? 
			
			
						
									I&#8217;ve seen all of these happen so many times and none of them end well. Save yourself the heartache.Mistake #1: Not aligning expectations.Founders *assume* there is an understanding, but don&#8217;t talk about it. 4 months later they realize that each founder was expecting a different % and now they start arguing and blaming.Mistake #2: No (reverse) Vesting or Cliff period.Vesting = when shares are given over a period of time, instead of immediately. This mechanism helps prevent a founder from leaving with a big chunk of shares too early. Cliff = a minimum time period that if you leave before you don&#8217;t get any shares — usually between 6–12 months.Mistake #3: 50%/50% split with no dispute &amp; buyout mechanism.But now Steve wants a pink website and Jane wants a green one &#8211; so who decides? Or Steve&#8217;s not doing the work and Jane wants to kick him out &#8211; how can she?Trust me when I say I&#8217;ve seen all of the above happen so many times and none of them end well. Save yourself the heartache and don&#8217;t save on your founder&#8217;s agreement. It&#8217;s one of the most important documents you&#8217;ll sign.								
					
						
				
					 How should co-founders split equity? 
			
			
						
									&#8220;I deserve at least 50% because I came up with the idea.&#8221;This is one of the most sensitive issues for early-stage founders.Points to think about:1. Is a founder investing (large amounts) of their own money?2. Will all founders dedicate the same time and effort?3. Did a founder work on the idea before the others joined? And did they make substantial progress?4. What will be the emotional results of an *unequal* split?5. What happens in a deadlock (tie) situation?And the most important question: Will this co-founder help grow the total value of the startup? Remember: it&#8217;s better to own less of a big &#8216;pie&#8217;, than owning more in a small &#8216;pie&#8217;.Solutions:One example most people don&#8217;t know: the equity and profit split can be different. For example: Founder A holds 51% ownership, and Founder B owns 49%, but Founder B gets *60%* of the *profit* (not 49%).								
					
						
				
					 What are the 5 most important issues to cover in your founder's agreement? 
			
			
						
									First off &#8211; when do you need an agreement? Answer: NOT when you&#8217;re at the &#8220;I have an idea&#8221; stage, but  YES after you&#8217;ve been working together 1-2 months or you&#8217;ve already started creating IP.The 5 mistakes:1. Division of shares &#8211; try to avoid 50%–50%, and if you can&#8217;t, make sure you have a mechanism for solving tie decisions + for firing a founder.2. Vesting + Reverse vesting -you have a right to receive the shares over time, and if certain &#8216;events&#8217; happen, some of your shares are returned to the company/other founders. Make sure the &#8216;events&#8217; are clear and vesting periods make sense.3. IP ownership &#8211; all intellectual property (IP), like the code, should belong to the Company and not to any specific founder.4. Board of Directors / Voting rights / Special Decisions -clearly define who is on the BOD, and topics which require a special majority (prevents majority from harming minority shareholders).5. Firing of founders &#8211; clearly define how founders are fired. Methods: a list of events which cause a founder to be fired, or majority vote. The problem: doesn&#8217;t work with 50%–50%. Solution: BMBY mechanism.There are many other issues (founder loans, signature rights, defining roles and obligations, tag/drag along rights) &#8211; which is why the founder&#8217;s agreement is so important!								
					
						
				
					 When should you sign a founder's agreement? 
			
			
						
									&#8220;We&#8217;re a tech startup at a relatively early stage. I&#8217;m doing all the work, and my co-founder isn&#8217;t doing what he is supposed to. We don&#8217;t have a founders agreement. What can I do?&#8221;I hear this so often.  Don&#8217;t let this happen to you. When it&#8217;s TOO SOON:When it&#8217;s YES:1. &#8220;We&#8217;ve been working together for 2 months and we think we&#8217;re a good team.&#8221; OR2. &#8220;We&#8217;re starting to develop an advanced MVP/product.&#8221; OR3. &#8220;We&#8217;re investing more than a few thousand NIS/$&#8221;Can we agree on a handshake? Yes, but how will you prove things in court?Can we use a template from the internet or GPT? Yes, but it probably won&#8217;t give you proper solutions.How much does it cost with a lawyer?								
					
						
				
					 Two and a Half Men: a startup legal lesson (board, bylaws, and founder protection) 
			
			
						
									In one of the episodes of Two and a Half Men, Walden (Ashton Kutcher) &#8211; who owns a Billion $ tech company &#8211; gets removed from his role as president by his ex-wife and mother (ouch &#8211; talk about bad relationships&#8230;). 
Anyway, after getting over the shock, and consulting with his lawyer (who happens to be his girlfriend &#8211; don&#8217;t do that&#8230;) he comes up with a plan:
The company bylaws (תקנון) state that Walden (as the founder) can appoint an additional board member (a director). 
He appoints Alan (his &#8216;genius&#8217; friend). 
Ok, but it&#8217;s still 2 against 2 isn&#8217;t it? 
Nope, because according to the bylaws, Walden (as a the founder) has the right to an additional vote if there&#8217;s a tie &#8211; meaning 3 votes against 2.
Baam! Walden re-appoints himself and goes back to managing his own company. 
But just imagine that if the bylaws didn&#8217;t say what they did (great lawyer!) he would&#8217;ve been completely disabled from running the company that he founded!
*Quick take-aways:*
1. Alan is a f-ing good actor. :😉
2. Your lawyer shouldn&#8217;t be your girlfriend (spoiler: they eventually separate). 
3. Be very careful who you appoint to the board (fun fact: there are tons of &#8211; true &#8211; stories of investors who become board directors and then kicked out the founders. 
4. When dividing shares and appointing board members, think of what will happen when the honey moon period ends. 
5. and now for the part where I sell myself&#8230;.wait for it&#8230; baam: Getting a lawyer (who specializes in startups / high-tech &#8211; ahem ahem 😂) to draft your founder&#8217;s / investors agreement is a &#8216;must have&#8217; not a &#8216;nice to have&#8217; (and &#8216;no&#8217;, GPT doesn&#8217;t do the job) &#8211; and it doesn&#8217;t matter which side you are (Walden or his ex/Mother)
Happy Thursday. 💪🏼
					
						
				
					 How many lawyers for a founders agreement? (Yossi &amp; Eric's story) 
			
			
						
									*How many lawyers does it take to prepare a founders&#8217; agreement? The answer might surprise you.*
A few months ago, a nice guy (&#8216;Yossi&#8217;) reached out and asked me to review a founders&#8217; agreement.
He and his co-founder (&#8216;Eric&#8217;) had hired a mutual (neutral) lawyer (the Lawyer), but Eric felt that the lawyer might not protect his interests, so he hired another lawyer of his own.
Yossi saw what Eric did, got worried, and asked me to review the agreement for *him*. 
*The result?*
A complicated process, a lot &#8216;ping-pongs&#8217; on the draft and a waste of money for both of them*.
** I knew from the start where this would lead and told Yossi that it would be best if they both asked the mutual lawyer to lead the process but he didn&#8217;t want to.
*Important explanations and recommendations:*
👉 It&#8217;s true that when there is a joint lawyer, that lawyer must represent the interests of all parties equally (unless you agree that the lawyer represents only one side).
So I understand why each side chose to hire their own lawyer.
(Tip: make sure in writing that the lawyer represents everyone.)
👉 *But*, the best option is to hire one neutral, joint lawyer.
*The advantages are clear:*
When I represent multiple founders, I always:
*When should you hire your own lawyer?*
👉 When you&#8217;re joining an existing startup where the partners already have a lawyer.
👉 In most other business situations where Party A is &#8216;versus&#8217; Party B &#8211; for example, a service provider and customer.
Have an awesome day
					
						
				
					 When your co-founder CTO leaves (dealing with the pain and moving forward) 
			
			
						
									Good morning 🙃Over the last 2 months a few founders shared with me that their co-founder CTO decided to leave.And the truth is: I really felt their pain.I&#8217;ve been in that position before.We were 3 founders. 2 of us got along well, but the CTO and another founder didn&#8217;t, and eventually, just after we signed a large pilot agreement, he told us he was leaving.Sometimes this situation kills the startup.Sometimes the other founders find a new CTO and move on.Either way: at that moment, and the 2-3 weeks that follow &#8211; it&#8217;s really hard because you feel that your startup is falling apart!Anyway, here&#8217;s some advice:1. It sucks! Don&#8217;t try to hide it. Share your feelings with friends and mentors, do sport and/or meditation &#8211; anything that helps with the frustration.2. Try maintain a good relationship with the departing co-founder. Often, it isn&#8217;t personal: co-founders leave for their own reasons. And even if you didn&#8217;t get along, you never know what will happen down the road. So keeping things friendly, or at least professional, is always smart.3. Document (לתעד) things. Sign a separation agreement, or at least a summary email making things clear (who owns the IP, can you compete with each other? Does the departing founder have rights to shares?). Agree on a fade-out / support period. If you&#8217;re in the middle of a pilot, you&#8217;ll need their help.4. Focus on finding a new CTO (if you need one). You&#8217;ll be surprised what you can do with apps like Lovable, Base44 and Claude &#8211; at least for the early stages.*Ways to reduce the risk of this happening &#8211; or at least make sure that if it happens you&#8217;re in a better position:*a) Align expectations from day one + sign a founder&#8217;s agreement.b) have open communication. Schedule open talks over coffee every week or two.c) don&#8217;t only work. Do things that help build the relationship like playing paddle or going out for a beer.Remember: even though it might feel like the end of the world, it&#8217;s not. It&#8217;s just another challenge in the roller coaster that&#8217;s called a startup!Keep your head up, don&#8217;t fight the shitty feelings, and move on&#8230;💪🏼								
					
		Cliff is the younger brother of Vesting (a legal ‘tool’ in founder’s agreements used to prevent founders from walking away with too many shares too soon) and they usually go together.What is Cliff or a “Cliff Period”?A cliff period is a section in your founder’s agreement that says that if a founder leaves before a certain time, they don’t get any shares / equity.How long is the average Cliff period?The cliff period is usually 6-12 months – depending on the stage of the startup and the founder’s situation (but it can be less in some cases).Does it apply to all the founders?Yes, usually it applies equally to all the founders.Example: David, Dayna and Jim started a startup. They each have the *right* to 33% of the shares.They agreed on a cliff period of 8 months.So, if David leaves or gets fired within 6 months, he doesn't get any shares (even if according to the vesting schedule he was supposed to get something).Again: the purpose is to prevent founders that were only involved for a short time from leaving with shares, because you don’t want an early stage startup that has 2-3 people who aren’t involved but have shares in the Company - it causes a mess.But you need to be careful with Cliff, because you may need adjustments.For example, if Jim already worked on the startup for 9 months before David joined, is it fair that he’ll have the same Cliff period as Jim who just joined?Or: what if David finishes all the coding in just 5 months, and then Jim and Dayna decide to fire him? How is he protected?There are solutions, but you need someone who knows what they’re doing to guide you (and no, Chat GPT won’t even ask you about this).  What is *vesting* (of shares) and why it's so important.I get this question a lot, so I thought I'd explain.Imagine the following: you're 3 founders: Jenny, David and Ryan. You're sitting at a coffee shop, planning your big startup.You agree that you'll each get 33.33% of the shares, you shake hands, raise your drinks and go to sleep all happy and excited.2 months later, Jenny (the talented programmer), get's an offer from Facebook. Crazy salary. Her dream come true.Or option B: she get's into a huge fight with David. Whichever option you like.Here's what happens next:she says adios amigos, and leaves *with her 33%* which then kills the startup....Why? Because they agreed that they each get 33%....doesn't matter when or how they leave...And that's why they invented vesting:Same story, each get 33%, but they're not really getting it just yet.They have the *RIGHT* to 33% but that right is only 'released' in small bits over a period of 3-4 years (the vesting period) -assuming Jenny stays in the venture...So if there was a vesting mechanism (let's say 3 years), and she left after 6 months, she would only get 5.5% - which wouldn't leave the company crippled.[4 quarters i n each year x 3 = 12 quarters. So 33% divided into 12 quarters =2.5% x 2 quarters - because we said 6 months]Today people use reverse vesting for tax reasons, but if you understand vesting it's enough.I hope this helped. Everyone thinks their first startup partner is their co-founder. They're wrong!Your first real (and substantial) startup partner is your life partner - your wife, husband, girlfriend, or boyfriend.Building a startup is hard. Very hard! Most entrepreneurs build while working full-time. The person who feels it most is your life partner / your family.What you need to do:1. Share your dreams &amp; plans. Be honest, don't sugarcoat it.2. Listen to their fears, concerns and needs.3. Find the middle ground.Once you start your journey:4. Share the journey and updates.5. Understand that it may be hard for them as well.Build a support system: surround yourself with entrepreneurs going through similar stages, and/or mentors.I've seen all of these happen so many times and none of them end well. Save yourself the heartache.Mistake #1: Not aligning expectations.Founders *assume* there is an understanding, but don't talk about it. 4 months later they realize that each founder was expecting a different % and now they start arguing and blaming.Mistake #2: No (reverse) Vesting or Cliff period.Vesting = when shares are given over a period of time, instead of immediately. This mechanism helps prevent a founder from leaving with a big chunk of shares too early. Cliff = a minimum time period that if you leave before you don't get any shares — usually between 6–12 months.Mistake #3: 50%/50% split with no dispute &amp; buyout mechanism.But now Steve wants a pink website and Jane wants a green one - so who decides? Or Steve's not doing the work and Jane wants to kick him out - how can she?Trust me when I say I've seen all of the above happen so many times and none of them end well. Save yourself the heartache and don't save on your founder's agreement. It's one of the most important documents you'll sign."I deserve at least 50% because I came up with the idea."This is one of the most sensitive issues for early-stage founders.Points to think about:1. Is a founder investing (large amounts) of their own money?2. Will all founders dedicate the same time and effort?3. Did a founder work on the idea before the others joined? And did they make substantial progress?4. What will be the emotional results of an *unequal* split?5. What happens in a deadlock (tie) situation?And the most important question: Will this co-founder help grow the total value of the startup? Remember: it's better to own less of a big 'pie', than owning more in a small 'pie'.Solutions:One example most people don't know: the equity and profit split can be different. For example: Founder A holds 51% ownership, and Founder B owns 49%, but Founder B gets *60%* of the *profit* (not 49%).First off - when do you need an agreement? Answer: NOT when you're at the "I have an idea" stage, but  YES after you've been working together 1-2 months or you've already started creating IP.The 5 mistakes:1. Division of shares - try to avoid 50%–50%, and if you can't, make sure you have a mechanism for solving tie decisions + for firing a founder.2. Vesting + Reverse vesting -you have a right to receive the shares over time, and if certain 'events' happen, some of your shares are returned to the company/other founders. Make sure the 'events' are clear and vesting periods make sense.3. IP ownership - all intellectual property (IP), like the code, should belong to the Company and not to any specific founder.4. Board of Directors / Voting rights / Special Decisions -clearly define who is on the BOD, and topics which require a special majority (prevents majority from harming minority shareholders).5. Firing of founders - clearly define how founders are fired. Methods: a list of events which cause a founder to be fired, or majority vote. The problem: doesn't work with 50%–50%. Solution: BMBY mechanism.There are many other issues (founder loans, signature rights, defining roles and obligations, tag/drag along rights) - which is why the founder's agreement is so important!"We're a tech startup at a relatively early stage. I'm doing all the work, and my co-founder isn't doing what he is supposed to. We don't have a founders agreement. What can I do?"I hear this so often.  Don't let this happen to you. When it's TOO SOON:When it's YES:1. "We've been working together for 2 months and we think we're a good team." OR2. "We're starting to develop an advanced MVP/product." OR3. "We're investing more than a few thousand NIS/$"Can we agree on a handshake? Yes, but how will you prove things in court?Can we use a template from the internet or GPT? Yes, but it probably won't give you proper solutions.How much does it cost with a lawyer?In one of the episodes of Two and a Half Men, Walden (Ashton Kutcher) - who owns a Billion $ tech company - gets removed from his role as president by his ex-wife and mother (ouch - talk about bad relationships...). 
Anyway, after getting over the shock, and consulting with his lawyer (who happens to be his girlfriend - don't do that...) he comes up with a plan:
The company bylaws (תקנון) state that Walden (as the founder) can appoint an additional board member (a director). 
He appoints Alan (his 'genius' friend). 
Ok, but it's still 2 against 2 isn't it? 
Nope, because according to the bylaws, Walden (as a the founder) has the right to an additional vote if there's a tie - meaning 3 votes against 2.
Baam! Walden re-appoints himself and goes back to managing his own company. 
But just imagine that if the bylaws didn't say what they did (great lawyer!) he would've been completely disabled from running the company that he founded!
*Quick take-aways:*
1. Alan is a f-ing good actor. :😉
2. Your lawyer shouldn't be your girlfriend (spoiler: they eventually separate). 
3. Be very careful who you appoint to the board (fun fact: there are tons of - true - stories of investors who become board directors and then kicked out the founders. 
4. When dividing shares and appointing board members, think of what will happen when the honey moon period ends. 
5. and now for the part where I sell myself....wait for it... baam: Getting a lawyer (who specializes in startups / high-tech - ahem ahem 😂) to draft your founder's / investors agreement is a 'must have' not a 'nice to have' (and 'no', GPT doesn't do the job) - and it doesn't matter which side you are (Walden or his ex/Mother)
Happy Thursday. 💪🏼
*How many lawyers does it take to prepare a founders' agreement? The answer might surprise you.*
A few months ago, a nice guy ('Yossi') reached out and asked me to review a founders' agreement.
He and his co-founder ('Eric') had hired a mutual (neutral) lawyer (the Lawyer), but Eric felt that the lawyer might not protect his interests, so he hired another lawyer of his own.
Yossi saw what Eric did, got worried, and asked me to review the agreement for *him*. 
*The result?*
A complicated process, a lot 'ping-pongs' on the draft and a waste of money for both of them*.
** I knew from the start where this would lead and told Yossi that it would be best if they both asked the mutual lawyer to lead the process but he didn't want to.
*Important explanations and recommendations:*
👉 It's true that when there is a joint lawyer, that lawyer must represent the interests of all parties equally (unless you agree that the lawyer represents only one side).
So I understand why each side chose to hire their own lawyer.
(Tip: make sure in writing that the lawyer represents everyone.)
👉 *But*, the best option is to hire one neutral, joint lawyer.
*The advantages are clear:*
When I represent multiple founders, I always:
*When should you hire your own lawyer?*
👉 When you're joining an existing startup where the partners already have a lawyer.
👉 In most other business situations where Party A is 'versus' Party B - for example, a service provider and customer.
Have an awesome day
Good morning 🙃Over the last 2 months a few founders shared with me that their co-founder CTO decided to leave.And the truth is: I really felt their pain.I've been in that position before.We were 3 founders. 2 of us got along well, but the CTO and another founder didn't, and eventually, just after we signed a large pilot agreement, he told us he was leaving.Sometimes this situation kills the startup.Sometimes the other founders find a new CTO and move on.Either way: at that moment, and the 2-3 weeks that follow - it's really hard because you feel that your startup is falling apart!Anyway, here's some advice:1. It sucks! Don't try to hide it. Share your feelings with friends and mentors, do sport and/or meditation - anything that helps with the frustration.2. Try maintain a good relationship with the departing co-founder. Often, it isn't personal: co-founders leave for their own reasons. And even if you didn't get along, you never know what will happen down the road. So keeping things friendly, or at least professional, is always smart.3. Document (לתעד) things. Sign a separation agreement, or at least a summary email making things clear (who owns the IP, can you compete with each other? Does the departing founder have rights to shares?). Agree on a fade-out / support period. If you're in the middle of a pilot, you'll need their help.4. Focus on finding a new CTO (if you need one). You'll be surprised what you can do with apps like Lovable, Base44 and Claude - at least for the early stages.*Ways to reduce the risk of this happening - or at least make sure that if it happens you're in a better position:*a) Align expectations from day one + sign a founder's agreement.b) have open communication. Schedule open talks over coffee every week or two.c) don't only work. Do things that help build the relationship like playing paddle or going out for a beer.Remember: even though it might feel like the end of the world, it's not. It's just another challenge in the roller coaster that's called a startup!Keep your head up, don't fight the shitty feelings, and move on...💪🏼		
					Advisors / Mentors				
						
				
					 What is the Advisory Board in a startup? 
			
			
						
									Advisors and Advisory BoardsWhat is the Advisor Board?It&#8217;s a person, or group of people (1-5) that give advice (business, technical, marketing, legal) to the founders, help them ‘open doors’, mentor them, and connect them with the right people/investors/customers.Why do I need advisors?Not everyone does, but the right advisors can add a lot of value and help you save time + avoid mistakes.What type of advisors should I get?The right advisors are:1. People who (really) care and are enthusiastic about you and your startup.2. People who (really) have the relevant knowledge, connections and skills to help you and/or your startup advance/succeed.How much are they usually involved?1-5 hours per week. Sometimes more, sometimes less. Depending on the type of advisor.Do I pay them? How much?Yes, most advisors want compensation for their time.Fee per hour.Options / shares (“equity”).A combination of both.How much equity is usually given?Before raising money:* 0.25% – 0.5% for light involvement (a few hours a month).* 0.5% – 1% for more hands-on involvement / more value.* 1% &#8211; 2% intensive ongoing involvement with strategic contributions and lots of value.Note 1: After raising money, the % goes a bit down because the startup has more value and less risk. Note 2: some advisors, like me, may take a little more. In the end, it’s all about the value you’re getting. If you feel that an advisor can add real value, it’s better having a little less % of a bigger cake, than having more % in a smaller cake.Do I need an agreement?Yes. It’s called a “Board Advisor Agreement”Key things to cover:Compensation (vesting + cliff).Confidentiality + non-compete.Obligations.For more info on the agreement, you can read my blog post: https://startuplawyer.co.il/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-startup-advisor-agreement/								
					
		Advisors and Advisory BoardsWhat is the Advisor Board?It's a person, or group of people (1-5) that give advice (business, technical, marketing, legal) to the founders, help them ‘open doors’, mentor them, and connect them with the right people/investors/customers.Why do I need advisors?Not everyone does, but the right advisors can add a lot of value and help you save time + avoid mistakes.What type of advisors should I get?The right advisors are:1. People who (really) care and are enthusiastic about you and your startup.2. People who (really) have the relevant knowledge, connections and skills to help you and/or your startup advance/succeed.How much are they usually involved?1-5 hours per week. Sometimes more, sometimes less. Depending on the type of advisor.Do I pay them? How much?Yes, most advisors want compensation for their time.Fee per hour.Options / shares (“equity”).A combination of both.How much equity is usually given?Before raising money:* 0.25% – 0.5% for light involvement (a few hours a month).* 0.5% – 1% for more hands-on involvement / more value.* 1% - 2% intensive ongoing involvement with strategic contributions and lots of value.Note 1: After raising money, the % goes a bit down because the startup has more value and less risk. Note 2: some advisors, like me, may take a little more. In the end, it’s all about the value you’re getting. If you feel that an advisor can add real value, it’s better having a little less % of a bigger cake, than having more % in a smaller cake.Do I need an agreement?Yes. It’s called a “Board Advisor Agreement”Key things to cover:Compensation (vesting + cliff).Confidentiality + non-compete.Obligations.For more info on the agreement, you can read my blog post: https://startuplawyer.co.il/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-startup-advisor-agreement/		
					Intellectual Property (IP)				
						
				
					 How do I protect my startup's Intellectual Property  when working with freelancers? 
			
			
						
									It is crucial that when working with freelancers, you make sure to protect your Intellectual Property (IP).If you use any type of freelancer, you need to have one of the following: an IP Transfer + Waiver agreement (including for inventions). This is a 2-4 page agreement that clearly states that you own the IP + covers topics like Non-compete, confidentiality and more (best option).sections in the services agreement with the freelancer that covers IP ownership + non-compete etc. (ok option).an email that specifically states the below (least best option but better than nothing). What does it need to say:Ownership &#8211; Any IP that they create is yours/the startups.Full IP Transfer – they transfer any and all rights to any IP to you for no additional cost (except what you agreed as payment).Moral Rights Waiver &#8211; they waive any claims about &#8216;moral rights&#8217; (for example if you change something they created).They only use materials that are theirs or that they have the right to use. P.s.: ✅ Handshakes and verbal deals don’t hold up in court.✅ Get everything signed before work begins (and if you already started then before it ends).Later it will be hard. 								
					
						
				
					 18 things I wish I knew before my first startup 
			
			
						
									
Validate. I wasted at least 5 years building stuff nobody needed.
Kill your EGO. Make your users happy instead of yourself.
Don&#8217;t chase investors; chase users, and then investors will chase you.
Never hire managers. Only hire doers until PMF (product market fit).
Landing page isn&#8217;t important. Go for an average template and edit texts. The sale happens outside of the website (in early stages).
Hire only full stack devs. One full stack dev building the whole product. That&#8217;s it.
Chase global market from day 1. If the product and marketing are good, they&#8217;ll work globally. If bad, won&#8217;t work locally either. So go global — if it works, upside is 100x.
Do SEO from day 2. I ignored this 14 years. My biggest regret.
*Sell* features before building them. Ask existing users if they want a feature before you build it.
0. Hire only people you&#8217;d wanna hug. If I don&#8217;t wanna hug someone, I dislike them. Conflict and breakup follow.
Post on X/LinkedIn daily. Primary source of connections, marketing, networking.
Don&#8217;t work/partner with corporates. They seem fantastic, promise millions of users. None of it happens. Waste your time, destroy focus, bring no users/money.
Don&#8217;t get distracted by hype (e.g., crypto).
Don&#8217;t build consumer apps. Only B2B.
Don&#8217;t hold on to bad projects for too long.
Tech conferences are a waste of time.
Don&#8217;t outsource until you find PMF.
Bootstrap. I raised 10+ times. Today I bootstrap all startups. Huge difference. Obsessed with products &#038; users now, vs. funding rounds before.

					
						
				
					 What happens to IP and account access when co-founders fight? 
			
			
						
									A lot of founders come to me after fighting with their co-founder because they realize that they have no access to their Intellectual Property — the code, designs, hosting, domain, software accounts.
How does this happen? Usually when the CTO opens all the accounts, they don&#8217;t have a founder&#8217;s agreement, or the agreement isn&#8217;t good.
The agreement should say that all the IP belongs to the company, so you could threaten legal action or go to court, but the easiest way to prevent this mess is:
1. Have a founder&#8217;s agreement (add this section)
2. Make sure you both have access to all accounts
This is not just an IT issue — it&#8217;s a legal one. Take it seriously from day one.
					
						
				
					 6 super important things every entrepreneur should know before starting 
			
			
						
									Good morning 😊
I&#8217;ve worked with startups for over 10 years! Here are 6 super important things that every entrepreneur should know before starting:
*1. Choosing the right co-founder is crucial!*
↳ Your partner will make or break the startup!
↳ Align expectations in advance. Share your thoughts, hopes, what you&#8217;re good / suck at!
↳ Even if you&#8217;re friends, working together is different from hanging out together &#8211; prepare yourself.
↳ Choose someone you enjoy having a coffee with &#8211; you are going to spend a lot(!) of time together.
*2. Don&#8217;t develop a product/service before making sure there is a real need! Just don&#8217;t!*
↳ You love the idea? Great. But before rushing to build, check that:
→ People really suffer from the problem + need the solution.
→ People are willing to pay for it.
→ The amount they are willing to pay is enough for you to dedicate 1-3 years of your life.
*3. Use a lawyer!*
↳ Don&#8217;t have a lot of money? That&#8217;s fine but at least take a few hours of consultation so you know what to be careful of and what to focus on.
↳ I promise you: two hours with an experienced lawyer will save you hundreds of hours, a lot of money (on mistakes), and maybe more importantly: a lot of grey hairs. 
*4. Surround yourself with a supportive environment (other founders or mentors).*
↳ You are going to get a lot of &#8220;no&#8217;s&#8221;
↳ There will be a million challenges.
↳ Friends, family, and even your partners won&#8217;t understand why the hell you&#8217;re doing this crazy thing called a startup.
→ A supportive system will help in the tough moments.
*5. Your intellectual property (IP) is critical – make sure it&#8217;s really yours!*
↳ One of the founder&#8217;s or a freelancer is writing code? Great, make sure there&#8217;s an agreement that says all the IP is the company&#8217;s (or the startups&#8217;) and not theirs. 
*6. Put your ego aside.*
↳ The more open you are to opinions and advice –> the more you&#8217;ll learn.
↳ This doesn&#8217;t mean you have to *do* what they say, but just listen.
Startup life is hard, but it&#8217;s also exciting!
There&#8217;s nothing like receiving the first payment for something that you built – even if it&#8217;s not even enough to by a falafel. And if you have the right advisors/mentors and a good team, your chances are much better.
					
						
				
					 Non-compete &amp; IP clause story (junior programmer &amp; placement company solution) 
			
			
						
									Hey everyone 😊
The business-legal story for the day: 
A Non-Compete &#038; Intellectual Property Clause Worth Hundreds of Thousands of Dollars $&#8230;
*[A little long &#8211; 2 min read &#8211; but worth it&#8230;]*
A few months ago, I tried to help a nice and talented junior programmer.
His first job was through one of the tech placement companies (&#8220;PC&#8221;) that provide tech training. 
The agreement included a really extreme non-compete section that prevented him from working or having any business relations with any of the companies that he was placed at – unless it was through PC. 
Additionally, the IP section said that everything he does while employed by PC belongs to PC.
Both of these were very problematic sections, but juniors have a hard time finding work, and don&#8217;t always ask a lawyer &#8211; so he signed.
Later on the guy was placed in a large company and during his work noticed that they needed a technological solution (not something directly related to his job), so, in his spare time (at home) he developed a program that solved the problem more effectively and cheaply than existing competitors.
*But remember those non-compete and IP clauses?*
According to them, if he told PC about the program they would say that it belongs to them, and if he tried to sell the solution to the company that he worked at he would be in breach of his employment agreement&#8230;
Everyone was losing: PC, the employee, and the company he worked at&#8230;
I reached out to PC (anonymously) and explained the situation and the potential benefits, and eventually we reached a commercial agreement: PC help promote the software/venture and in return receive a small share of the profits.
In this case there was a happy ending.
Unfortunately, in other cases I hear about people who are afraid to sell their software or who just give up on it because they&#8217;re scared. 
*Conclusion: don&#8217;t underestimate the non-compete and IP clauses*, even if they&#8217;re &#8220;buried&#8221; in an appendix (attachment of the agreement on page 15) because this can come back to bite you in the butt. 
Stay awesome 💪🏻
Assaf
					
		It is crucial that when working with freelancers, you make sure to protect your Intellectual Property (IP).If you use any type of freelancer, you need to have one of the following: an IP Transfer + Waiver agreement (including for inventions). This is a 2-4 page agreement that clearly states that you own the IP + covers topics like Non-compete, confidentiality and more (best option).sections in the services agreement with the freelancer that covers IP ownership + non-compete etc. (ok option).an email that specifically states the below (least best option but better than nothing). What does it need to say:Ownership - Any IP that they create is yours/the startups.Full IP Transfer – they transfer any and all rights to any IP to you for no additional cost (except what you agreed as payment).Moral Rights Waiver - they waive any claims about 'moral rights' (for example if you change something they created).They only use materials that are theirs or that they have the right to use. P.s.: ✅ Handshakes and verbal deals don’t hold up in court.✅ Get everything signed before work begins (and if you already started then before it ends).Later it will be hard. 
Validate. I wasted at least 5 years building stuff nobody needed.
Kill your EGO. Make your users happy instead of yourself.
Don't chase investors; chase users, and then investors will chase you.
Never hire managers. Only hire doers until PMF (product market fit).
Landing page isn't important. Go for an average template and edit texts. The sale happens outside of the website (in early stages).
Hire only full stack devs. One full stack dev building the whole product. That's it.
Chase global market from day 1. If the product and marketing are good, they'll work globally. If bad, won't work locally either. So go global — if it works, upside is 100x.
Do SEO from day 2. I ignored this 14 years. My biggest regret.
*Sell* features before building them. Ask existing users if they want a feature before you build it.
0. Hire only people you'd wanna hug. If I don't wanna hug someone, I dislike them. Conflict and breakup follow.
Post on X/LinkedIn daily. Primary source of connections, marketing, networking.
Don't work/partner with corporates. They seem fantastic, promise millions of users. None of it happens. Waste your time, destroy focus, bring no users/money.
Don't get distracted by hype (e.g., crypto).
Don't build consumer apps. Only B2B.
Don't hold on to bad projects for too long.
Tech conferences are a waste of time.
Don't outsource until you find PMF.
Bootstrap. I raised 10+ times. Today I bootstrap all startups. Huge difference. Obsessed with products & users now, vs. funding rounds before.

A lot of founders come to me after fighting with their co-founder because they realize that they have no access to their Intellectual Property — the code, designs, hosting, domain, software accounts.
How does this happen? Usually when the CTO opens all the accounts, they don't have a founder's agreement, or the agreement isn't good.
The agreement should say that all the IP belongs to the company, so you could threaten legal action or go to court, but the easiest way to prevent this mess is:
1. Have a founder's agreement (add this section)
2. Make sure you both have access to all accounts
This is not just an IT issue — it's a legal one. Take it seriously from day one.
Good morning 😊
I've worked with startups for over 10 years! Here are 6 super important things that every entrepreneur should know before starting:
*1. Choosing the right co-founder is crucial!*
↳ Your partner will make or break the startup!
↳ Align expectations in advance. Share your thoughts, hopes, what you're good / suck at!
↳ Even if you're friends, working together is different from hanging out together - prepare yourself.
↳ Choose someone you enjoy having a coffee with - you are going to spend a lot(!) of time together.
*2. Don't develop a product/service before making sure there is a real need! Just don't!*
↳ You love the idea? Great. But before rushing to build, check that:
→ People really suffer from the problem + need the solution.
→ People are willing to pay for it.
→ The amount they are willing to pay is enough for you to dedicate 1-3 years of your life.
*3. Use a lawyer!*
↳ Don't have a lot of money? That's fine but at least take a few hours of consultation so you know what to be careful of and what to focus on.
↳ I promise you: two hours with an experienced lawyer will save you hundreds of hours, a lot of money (on mistakes), and maybe more importantly: a lot of grey hairs. 
*4. Surround yourself with a supportive environment (other founders or mentors).*
↳ You are going to get a lot of "no's"
↳ There will be a million challenges.
↳ Friends, family, and even your partners won't understand why the hell you're doing this crazy thing called a startup.
→ A supportive system will help in the tough moments.
*5. Your intellectual property (IP) is critical – make sure it's really yours!*
↳ One of the founder's or a freelancer is writing code? Great, make sure there's an agreement that says all the IP is the company's (or the startups') and not theirs. 
*6. Put your ego aside.*
↳ The more open you are to opinions and advice –> the more you'll learn.
↳ This doesn't mean you have to *do* what they say, but just listen.
Startup life is hard, but it's also exciting!
There's nothing like receiving the first payment for something that you built – even if it's not even enough to by a falafel. And if you have the right advisors/mentors and a good team, your chances are much better.
Hey everyone 😊
The business-legal story for the day: 
A Non-Compete & Intellectual Property Clause Worth Hundreds of Thousands of Dollars $...
*[A little long - 2 min read - but worth it...]*
A few months ago, I tried to help a nice and talented junior programmer.
His first job was through one of the tech placement companies ("PC") that provide tech training. 
The agreement included a really extreme non-compete section that prevented him from working or having any business relations with any of the companies that he was placed at – unless it was through PC. 
Additionally, the IP section said that everything he does while employed by PC belongs to PC.
Both of these were very problematic sections, but juniors have a hard time finding work, and don't always ask a lawyer - so he signed.
Later on the guy was placed in a large company and during his work noticed that they needed a technological solution (not something directly related to his job), so, in his spare time (at home) he developed a program that solved the problem more effectively and cheaply than existing competitors.
*But remember those non-compete and IP clauses?*
According to them, if he told PC about the program they would say that it belongs to them, and if he tried to sell the solution to the company that he worked at he would be in breach of his employment agreement...
Everyone was losing: PC, the employee, and the company he worked at...
I reached out to PC (anonymously) and explained the situation and the potential benefits, and eventually we reached a commercial agreement: PC help promote the software/venture and in return receive a small share of the profits.
In this case there was a happy ending.
Unfortunately, in other cases I hear about people who are afraid to sell their software or who just give up on it because they're scared. 
*Conclusion: don't underestimate the non-compete and IP clauses*, even if they're "buried" in an appendix (attachment of the agreement on page 15) because this can come back to bite you in the butt. 
Stay awesome 💪🏻
Assaf
					Legal/Law Updates				
						
				
					 What are the needed changes to my SaaS agreement due to the EU Data Act (from 12th September 2025)? 
			
			
						
									SaaS provider with EU clients? Your customers just got a legal right to leave you.The EU Data Act (which came into force 12th of September 2025) just changed your legal obligations and relationship with your customers in the EU.Your standard long/fixed-term contracts and data transfer processes can now be &#8216;overridden&#8217; by the Act, and if you didn&#8217;t recently update these terms, then they&#8217;re probably no longer compliant with the Act.Here are the 7 (main) actions required*:* a few hours of legal work and your situation is much better!No more &#8216;Fixed Term&#8217;:Customers now have a statutory &#8220;Switching Right.&#8221; They can terminate a fixed-term contract with a maximum 2 months&#8217; notice if they are moving to a competitor or their own ICT infrastructure. You can still set a term, but you need to adjust for early (2 month) termination.Protect Your Revenue Legally: You can still charge a penalty for breaking the contract term, but it must a &#8220;proportionate early termination penalty&#8221; (e.g., reclaiming the value of discounts granted).The fee cannot be tied to the cost of data transfer. Extended Data Export Period:You must make sure that customers can export theirdata for a minimum period of 30 calendar days fromthe termination of the services.Meaning: if you have a section saying that you will deleteall the customer&#8217;s information &#8220;immediately&#8221;, this is problematic.Data Transfers Must Be Made &#8216;Easy&#8217;: Data must be made available in a structured, machine-readable format to ensure the customer can achieve a minimum level of &#8220;similar functionality&#8221; with their new service provider.You must provide data transfers free of charge. This applies immediately to all contracts signed after September 12, 2025 or renewed after this date. For customers under contracts before, you can continueto charge for transfer costs until September 12, 2027,or until the renewal of the contract.Publish Your &#8216;Data Manual&#8221; (Interoperability Register)You must publish an online register with details of yourdata structures, formats, and interoperability specifications (the rules of how your service talks to another service &#8211; thecompeting service) before contracting with a customer.Make Your Agreement Fair: I know, what the hell is &#8220;fair&#8221; right?The Act now prohibits contract terms that create a &#8220;gross imbalance&#8221; in favor of the service provider. For example, one-sided indemnity clause and liability capshave a high chance of being determined &#8216;unfair&#8217; and therefore void. → revise these sections (not too hard) to make them enforceable. If you have customers in Europe, these changes are crucial and can help you avoid a lot of headaches. Feel free to contact me 								
					
		SaaS provider with EU clients? Your customers just got a legal right to leave you.The EU Data Act (which came into force 12th of September 2025) just changed your legal obligations and relationship with your customers in the EU.Your standard long/fixed-term contracts and data transfer processes can now be 'overridden' by the Act, and if you didn't recently update these terms, then they're probably no longer compliant with the Act.Here are the 7 (main) actions required*:* a few hours of legal work and your situation is much better!No more 'Fixed Term':Customers now have a statutory "Switching Right." They can terminate a fixed-term contract with a maximum 2 months' notice if they are moving to a competitor or their own ICT infrastructure. You can still set a term, but you need to adjust for early (2 month) termination.Protect Your Revenue Legally: You can still charge a penalty for breaking the contract term, but it must a "proportionate early termination penalty" (e.g., reclaiming the value of discounts granted).The fee cannot be tied to the cost of data transfer. Extended Data Export Period:You must make sure that customers can export theirdata for a minimum period of 30 calendar days fromthe termination of the services.Meaning: if you have a section saying that you will deleteall the customer's information "immediately", this is problematic.Data Transfers Must Be Made 'Easy': Data must be made available in a structured, machine-readable format to ensure the customer can achieve a minimum level of "similar functionality" with their new service provider.You must provide data transfers free of charge. This applies immediately to all contracts signed after September 12, 2025 or renewed after this date. For customers under contracts before, you can continueto charge for transfer costs until September 12, 2027,or until the renewal of the contract.Publish Your 'Data Manual" (Interoperability Register)You must publish an online register with details of yourdata structures, formats, and interoperability specifications (the rules of how your service talks to another service - thecompeting service) before contracting with a customer.Make Your Agreement Fair: I know, what the hell is "fair" right?The Act now prohibits contract terms that create a "gross imbalance" in favor of the service provider. For example, one-sided indemnity clause and liability capshave a high chance of being determined 'unfair' and therefore void. → revise these sections (not too hard) to make them enforceable. If you have customers in Europe, these changes are crucial and can help you avoid a lot of headaches. Feel free to contact me 		
					Contracts				
						
				
					 Can I use a template or Chat GPT for creating my startup Contracts? 
			
			
						
									&#8220;Isn’t an online template or an agreement by GPT enough?&#8221;That&#8217;s a question I get asked a lot by new clients.The short answer: it depends how well you want to sleep at night.I like to compare the answer to a warrior’s shield (see image):The warriors from the bible (on the right with the small shield) = An agreement made from scratch using ChatGPT.→ It’s not really an agreement, and it doesn’t really protect you. ↳It just gives you a better feeling because you think you have something. And if it worked for David (and Goliath), it&#8217;ll work for you too, right? 😉Why it’s not a real agreement?Because you won’t really know what to ask / tell GPT and GPT doesn’t really make agreements (it makes summaries).The barbarian warrior (middle, with the medium shield)= a template from the internet + edits you made after looking at competitors + ‘tips’ from GPT→ Sure, it’s bigger, but it has tons of missing points and contradictions.↳ And the worst part? It makes you feel even more protected &#8211; but the moment the first arrow hits, you’ll realize you didn’t have a real shield at all.The Roman warrior = An agreement made with a lawyer (who specializes in that field).↳ No, it still doesn’t offer 100% protection (no agreement does), but it&#8217;s customized specifically for your needs, so it offers much better protection. ↳ And “yes”, it’s more expensive, “Come on Assaf, you’re just trying to scare us so that we’ll use a lawyer.”Listen: I have enough work + I’m not saying you ALWAYS need a ‘Roman’ shield.If you haven’t validated your idea + you don’t have money, then of course even a small shield is better than none.But what’s important is that you don’t go into battle thinking you’ve got a Roman shield, when what you actually have is bible one. 😉 								
					
						
				
					 Don't ignore the non-compete and IP clause in your employment contract 
			
			
						
									The Israeli Copyright Act says the person who made the creation is the owner — &#8220;unless agreed otherwise.&#8221; But there&#8217;s an exception: the *employer* will own any creation made by an employee if it was made &#8220;for the purpose of the job and in the course of it — unless agreed otherwise.&#8221;
&#8220;In the course of&#8221; is interpreted broadly — anything created while you&#8217;re under an employment contract applies. *Even if you work on your startup on weekends.*
In 95% of employment contracts, there&#8217;s an IP section. Three types:
1. No IP section (very rare).
2. Reasonable: only IP that&#8217;s part of your work, or competes with the company, is an issue.
3. Extreme: everything you create belongs to the employer (rare, but can appear).
What should you do?
1. Don&#8217;t work on your startup during work hours.
2. Don&#8217;t use company equipment.
3. Have a professional review your employment contract.
This could cost you hundreds of thousands if you ignore it.
					
						
				
					 Do I need an NDA? 
			
			
						
									An NDA is a Non-Disclosure Agreement intended to protect information you share with others. Two main types: NDA (one side shares) and MNDA (Mutual NDA — both sides share).
Legal opinion: yes, it will help protect your information.
Common business opinion:
Why? Hard part of a startup is building it, not the idea (95% won&#8217;t copy) + very few new ideas + investors/lawyers won&#8217;t sign NDAs.
&#8220;Can I use an NDA from the internet?&#8221;
What NOT to do: Don&#8217;t use GPT. Don&#8217;t copy from websites without permission (copyright infringement).
					
						
				
					 What legal documents does an early-stage startup need? 
			
			
						
									NDA — protects your information when sharing with others. Definitely needed if applying for a patent.Founder&#8217;s Agreement — crucial! Organizes obligations and expectations between founders, protects IP, non-compete. When: after you know you&#8217;re working together or when you start creating IP.IP Assignment — makes sure you own the rights to everything (especially if working with freelancers).Service Provider Agreement — clarifies deliverables, timelines, liability, IP ownership.Terms of Use — legally defines how users interact with your product. When: before launch.Privacy Policy — legally required if you collect, use, or share user information (99.99% of startups do). When: before launch.Incorporation / Registering a company — before creating valuable IP or before launching (to avoid personal risk).Pilot/Evaluation Agreement — when doing a trial/test with a company/client. Protects your IP and you from damages.SaaS Agreement — covers the terms of your service if you provide software as a service.								
					
						
				
					 How to choose a lawyer and work with them effectively 
			
			
						
									3 tips for choosing a lawyer:
1. He specializes in the field you need! Many lawyers say &#8220;sure I do that&#8221; when they&#8217;ve never done it.
2. His pricing is fair, clear, and known upfront. Hourly lawyers = high risk of misunderstandings and surprise bills.
3. You have good personal connection. A lawyer that likes you will go the extra mile.
How to improve work with lawyers and save money:
1. Organize all your information clearly — if your lawyer needs to tidy it, you&#8217;re paying for that time.
2. Microsoft Word only! Google Docs means 20–30% more time (and cost).
3. Tell him your communication preferences (emails, WhatsApps, calls). Tell him what&#8217;s important and whether you&#8217;re the stronger or weaker side in negotiation.
P.s.: Make sure he is really YOUR lawyer. If you&#8217;re 3 co-founders and hired him to represent everyone, he represents all 3 + the company — and all 4 won&#8217;t always have the same interests!
					
						
				
					 Do I need a pilot/evaluation agreement? 
			
			
						
									Most startups won&#8217;t land huge companies the minute their MVP is ready. Usually you&#8217;ll start with a pilot/trial phase (paid is better).
Why do you need a professional pilot agreement (not just a price proposal or GPT template)?
1. A price proposal won&#8217;t include important sections: IP ownership, non-compete, limitation of liability — and GPT doesn&#8217;t adjust to your situation.
2. A simple price proposal might make you look unprofessional. If dealing with a medium or large company, especially US-based, not sending a professional agreement may hurt you.
The only small disadvantages:
But advantages outweigh disadvantages.
					
						
				
					 Non-compete and IP clauses in employment contracts (advanced) — what to change 
			
			
						
									Hey Everyone 🙂
Changing just a few words = a huge difference to the future of your startup. 
This post is a little long, but if you work at a company or plan to, AND work at the same time on your startup, then take 60 seconds to read this. You&#8217;ll thank me later!
[I&#8217;ve written about this before, but I see this happen so many times I had to write about it again.] 
Here&#8217;s an example of 2 sections from a common high-tech employment agreement: 
&#8220;4. The Employee shall not be involved directly or indirectly in providing business, professional or commercial services to any other person, firm, or corporation during the term of this Agreement, whether or not such services are provided for gain, profit or other financial advantage.&#8221;
&#8220;6. I hereby assign to the Company all my right, title and interest in and to any and all Inventions and Intellectual Property…made or learned by me, either alone or jointly with others, *DURING* the period of my employment with the Company.&#8221;
*The result of these sections*: you are not permitted to work on your startup, and if you do: (1) the company owns your IP + (2) you are breaking your contract. 
*Easy solution:* Before signing, make two changes:
Section 4: change it so you can work, on your own time, on personal (non-competing) projects. If you do this before signing, most companies don&#8217;t mind!
Section 6: change &#8220;during&#8221; to: &#8220;specifically for and part of my work for the Company&#8221;.
*Obviously, you might need more changes, but at least now you know what to look for.*
&#8220;But what if I already signed?&#8221;
Well then you&#8217;re fuc#ed…
Just kidding. 😉 There&#8217;s usually a solution for most situations. Talk to me. 
Be cool and share to friends who are working on their startup while working at a company. 
Have an awesome day 💪🏼
					
						
				
					 GPT contract clause story ("less than $2 million" payment problem) 
			
			
						
									Hey everyone 😊
Legal story time: 
Yesterday a potential client reached out and asked me what would be the cost to review an agreement (that he created with GPT). 
I looked at the agreement and gave him an estimate. 
He thought it was a bit expensive and said he&#8217;d probably manage on his own. Thanked me for the call and we parted as friends.
I later looked again at the agreement (I was curious).
Here&#8217;s one line (from the fee section):
*Background: the agreement said that the developer would develop an app for him, and payment would only be made if the entrepreneur raised funds.
&#8220;7.1. In the event that the investment amount is less than $2 million – the developer will receive $100,000.&#8221;
Take a moment and try guess what&#8217;s wrong with that sentence?
Did you get it?
According to this wording, if the entrepreneur raised just $90,000 (which definitely counts as &#8220;less than $2 million&#8221;), he would have to pay $100,000. Obviously, that makes no sense, but that&#8217;s what was written &#8211; and if signed, would be binding!
Bottom line: I&#8217;m not against using AI at all, but do yourselves a favor: for any deal worth more than a few thousand shekels, work with a lawyer.
And even for smaller deals, at least take one consultation session. It&#8217;ll cost you an hour of legal fees, but save you tons of mistakes and expenses later.
Take care everyone. 🙏😊
					
						
				
					 Story: David the freelancer and the too-complex MSA agreement 
			
			
						
									Hey Everyone
It&#8217;s been a crazy busy week so I didn&#8217;t have time to share. 
Sorry, I know you can&#8217;t live without my boring posts 😂
Anyway here goes.  
Two true stories about 2 different clients.
Today I&#8217;ll share story #1
Let&#8217;s call the client David. 
David is a freelancer that does design work. 
He worked for a big company for a while without a contract. 
Then the company realized they needed one, so they sent him a really, really long (40+ pages) MSA agreement (Master services agreement)*. 
*This is usually for complicated software develop services.
David (to me): &#8220;can you review the agreement?&#8221;
Me: &#8220;this agreement is crazy. I can review it but it&#8217;s not suitable for your situation and reviewing it will cost a lot of money. Ask them to send a simple service provider agreement&#8221;
David: &#8220;they won&#8217;t agree.&#8221;
Me: &#8220;ask them&#8221;
David: &#8220;&#8230;&#8230;.ok&#8221;
1 week later: 
David: &#8220;they said they&#8217;d send a service provider agreement&#8221;
Amount of money charged by me: 0
Amount of time required for David to get a much better/shorter agreement: 5-10 minutes. 
Amount of money David saved on legal expenses just by asking: a few thousands of shekels.  
Conclusion: just because you get a specific type of agreement, doesn&#8217;t mean that you need to agree to it. 
Get advice, ask a lawyer. 
A short 1 hour of consultation can save you a ton of money. 
And &#8220;no&#8221;, I&#8217;m not promoting my services. 
I&#8217;m swamped with work. 
Use any lawyer who does high-tech contracts &#8211; just don&#8217;t do it yourself. 
Have a great day
					
						
				
					 What legal documents does a SaaS startup need before launch? 
			
			
						
									&#8220;I&#8217;m starting a SaaS venture &#8211; what legal stuff do I need to finalize before launching?&#8221;
I hear this question a lot, so I thought I&#8217;d share the answer. 
And good morning 😊
*1. Incorporation:* to best protect yourself, it&#8217;s wise to set up a company (which is considered a separate legal entity/body than you). So if anything happens, they &#8216;come&#8217; to the company, not you personally. 
*Note:* If you&#8217;re just testing your service with friends and family, your exposure is obviously low, so you could wait a bit with the company &#8211; but there is a small risk). But if you&#8217;re developing your IP a lot, don&#8217;t wait. 
*2. SaaS Agreement:* Software as a Service agreement. If you&#8217;re helping B2Bs, they&#8217;ll expect this. You can set this up in a way that minimizes some of the legal headache.
*3. Privacy Policy:* Need when processing personal data for your customers, or their customers, you&#8217;ll likely also need a DPA (Data Processing Agreement).
*4. Terms of Use:* needed if you have a website. It explains to the users the &#8216;do&#8217;s and don&#8217;ts&#8217; on your website and helps protect you. 
*5. Founders&#8217; Agreement:* very important if you have co-founders. 
*6. Business Insurance:* not that expensive, and worth it (if you have the correct coverage).
*7. Trademarks + Patents:* Important if you&#8217;re developing deep tech, but it depends on your budget and the type of tech (remember: technology moves fast: innovation of today might be replaced in a few months). 
*&#8221;But what do I do if I don&#8217;t have enough money for everything?&#8221;*
Start with the most important agreements. 
Some entrepreneurs (and this is *NOT* legal advice!) launch with templates (bought online &#8211; not copied!) and then go to a lawyer once they&#8217;ve validated the idea.
** Important: templates = about 60% protection. Agreement from a lawyer = about 95%. (There&#8217;s never 100%, which is why you setup a company + do insurance).
Share with friends who are working on a SaaS.
Message me if you need help setting this up.
					
						
				
					 Track Changes in Word — why it matters and how to enforce it 
			
			
						
									Hey Everyone 😊
Something not so cool that I&#8217;ve seen recently &#8211; and it&#8217;s super important before you negotiate/sign a contract. 
So this is what I&#8217;ve been seeing: I send an agreement to the other side and get it back with changes.
But either none of the changes were made with Track Changes (see below), or some changes were, and some weren&#8217;t (meaning that you can&#8217;t see what was changed).
*What&#8217;s &#8220;Track Changes&#8221; (TC)?*
It&#8217;s a feature in Microsoft Word that makes it easy (and fast) for you to see what was changed (it shows the change in a different color and adds a line on the side of the page).
Lawyers almost always use TC. 
But lately, I&#8217;m seeing more and more cases where the other side just doesn&#8217;t use it. 
If it&#8217;s someone who is not a lawyer, that&#8217;s understandable (even though it can still cause issues for you).
If it&#8217;s a lawyer &#8211; that&#8217;s a red flag!
*Why is it a problem?*
Because if you can&#8217;t see what changed, you might end up signing an agreement with terms you never really agreed to.
*&#8221;Ok, got it. Solutions please?&#8221;*
Here you go: 
1. Ask the other side politely to use Track Changes. 
* If it&#8217;s a lawyer, this should be automatic, but it doesn&#8217;t hurt to make sure.
* If it&#8217;s not a lawyer, just make sure they know about the feature and will use it. 
2. If you&#8217;re the one sending the document, lock the Track Changes setting.
* That way, no one can make edits without them being visible (see image). Just don&#8217;t forget the password you chose. 🙂
3. Forgot to lock the document or the other side &#8220;forgot&#8221; to use Track Changes? Or maybe they &#8216;went around&#8217; the lock?*
* Don&#8217;t worry, you can use Word&#8217;s &#8220;Compare Documents&#8221; feature.
* It compares the original version to the new one and shows all the changes. See picture. 
And &#8216;Yes&#8217;, it is possible to get around the lock by copy/pasting everything into a new document &#8211; thanks, Microsoft&#8230;[If someone does that &#8211; you should ask yourself if you should be doing business with them].
Have a great day 🙏🏼
					
						
				
					 What documents do you need? (March 2026 update) 
			
			
						
									Hey Everyone
I hope you are all ok despite the situation. 💙
I haven&#8217;t written in a while because:
1. I&#8217;ve had a ton of work.  
2. It felt strange writing when most of us are under rocket fire. 🙂‍↕️
But some of you asked, so here goes&#8230;
*Topic: &#8220;What documents do you need?&#8221;*
A lot of entrepreneurs that I speak to aren&#8217;t really sure what documents they need, and when they need them. 
They often hear different advice (from friends, the internet and AI) and either pay for things they don&#8217;t need, or don&#8217;t get the documents that they do need. 
So here&#8217;s a *(basic)* break down: 
1. *NDA* &#8211; don&#8217;t really need it. Investors + lawyers won&#8217;t sign it. Potential co-founders won&#8217;t either. Just don&#8217;t share super sensitive information. If you have a trade secret &#8211; then you need it. 
2. *Founders Agreement* &#8211; super important. 
When: before you create any important Intellectual Property ((&#8220;IP&#8221;) = code, website, app&#8230;) and once you know you want to work together. 
3. *Setting up a company* &#8211; before you launch the service to lower your personal risk (a small family and friends pilot is ok) + before you create valuable IP (because if you not you will have to pay taxes later on). 
This usually goes together with opening a bank account + a Board Decision document. 
Pro tip: if it&#8217;s the end of the year (November&#8230;), wait a bit, and save paying the renewal fee. 
4. *Terms of Use* &#8211; for your website or app or software. 
You can&#8217;t go on the Appstore / Google Play without it. 
5. *Privacy Policy* &#8211; important because the laws in most countries demand it + you can&#8217;t go on the Appstore / Play without it. 
6. *IP Transfer* &#8211; did anyone help you with the code? Then you must have them sign an IP transfer &#8211; otherwise the IP is there&#8217;s, not yours. 
7. *SaaS agreement* (Software as a Service) &#8211; created a SaaS? Congrats! You need a SaaS agrmnt and if you process data, which most SaaS do, then probably a DPA (data processing agreement). 
8. *Pilot / Evaluation agreement*? Created an MVP and want to test it on a design partner? This is the document for you. Relatively short and less scary for the other side. 
There are a few others, but these are the main ones. 
Not all of you need everything, and you don&#8217;t usually need everything at the same time. 
Some times 1 document is enough, sometimes you need all 3&#8230;but there are always solutions.
If this helped &#8211; give a sign. 
Feel free to message me what other topics you need help with and I&#8217;ll write about them. 
Stay safe.  🙏🏼
					
						
				
					 Drafting contracts with AI — why it doesn't work and what to do instead 
			
			
						
									Hey Everyone
I hope you&#8217;re all ok. 🙏🏼
*Drafting contracts with AI to save money*
Potential client (PC): &#8220;Hey Assaf, I drafted an agreement with AI and I want you to look at it and tell me that it&#8217;s ok.&#8221;
Me: &#8220;Did you do it 100% with AI or did you just improve a template that a lawyer gave you?&#8221;
Potential Client: &#8220;100% Chat GPT + my changes&#8221;
Me: &#8220;sorry, I can&#8217;t review it because: &#8230;.&#8221;
I have about 2-3 of these conversations every week, so I thought I&#8217;d explain: 
1. AI tools are cool. I&#8217;ve used most of them (Gemini, Grok, GPT, Claude, Perplexity, Base44, Gamma etc.). Everyone should try them. 
2. I&#8217;ve also tried 2 AI tools which help lawyers draft/review documents. 
3. My conclusions: 
Here&#8217;s why I don&#8217;t check them:
1. I&#8217;ve tried. And the amount of work to &#8216;fix&#8217; the contract so that it&#8217;s &#8216;good enough&#8217; is almost the same amount of time it takes me to draft a really good contract. So not worth the time/money *for my client*. 
2. If I did review + fix it, the result would be a mix-match of a document (חוזה עשוי טלאים). Some of this, some of that, not what you want. 
3. It&#8217;s just not worth the risk. The client wants to know if the contract is &#8220;ok&#8221;. To be sure, I need to read everything = expensive (see point #1). If I don&#8217;t read everything, then there might be AI sections which are wrong. So again, just not worth the risk. 
And lastly: most of the value is not in the drafting. 
Most of the value is when I talk with my clients and understand their needs. 
Maybe they don&#8217;t need that contract. Maybe they need a different one 
[when you give a document to a lawyer and say &#8220;please review&#8221;, most lawyers will assume you need it, and just review it. So always start with: &#8220;Do I need this contract?&#8221;]. 
So yes, I know it&#8217;s tempting to try save money. 
I also know that in 1-2 years AI will probably create amazing contracts. But for now, they just don&#8217;t&#8230;
If you have no choice &#8211; I get it, but don&#8217;t think that you&#8217;re covered and don&#8217;t get upset if a lawyer doesn&#8217;t want to check it. 
Feel free to disagree with me 🙂 or send me your thoughts. I just wanted to share with you how things look from the other side. 
Stay safe!
					
		"Isn’t an online template or an agreement by GPT enough?"That's a question I get asked a lot by new clients.The short answer: it depends how well you want to sleep at night.I like to compare the answer to a warrior’s shield (see image):The warriors from the bible (on the right with the small shield) = An agreement made from scratch using ChatGPT.→ It’s not really an agreement, and it doesn’t really protect you. ↳It just gives you a better feeling because you think you have something. And if it worked for David (and Goliath), it'll work for you too, right? 😉Why it’s not a real agreement?Because you won’t really know what to ask / tell GPT and GPT doesn’t really make agreements (it makes summaries).The barbarian warrior (middle, with the medium shield)= a template from the internet + edits you made after looking at competitors + ‘tips’ from GPT→ Sure, it’s bigger, but it has tons of missing points and contradictions.↳ And the worst part? It makes you feel even more protected - but the moment the first arrow hits, you’ll realize you didn’t have a real shield at all.The Roman warrior = An agreement made with a lawyer (who specializes in that field).↳ No, it still doesn’t offer 100% protection (no agreement does), but it's customized specifically for your needs, so it offers much better protection. ↳ And “yes”, it’s more expensive, “Come on Assaf, you’re just trying to scare us so that we’ll use a lawyer.”Listen: I have enough work + I’m not saying you ALWAYS need a ‘Roman’ shield.If you haven’t validated your idea + you don’t have money, then of course even a small shield is better than none.But what’s important is that you don’t go into battle thinking you’ve got a Roman shield, when what you actually have is bible one. 😉 The Israeli Copyright Act says the person who made the creation is the owner — "unless agreed otherwise." But there's an exception: the *employer* will own any creation made by an employee if it was made "for the purpose of the job and in the course of it — unless agreed otherwise."
"In the course of" is interpreted broadly — anything created while you're under an employment contract applies. *Even if you work on your startup on weekends.*
In 95% of employment contracts, there's an IP section. Three types:
1. No IP section (very rare).
2. Reasonable: only IP that's part of your work, or competes with the company, is an issue.
3. Extreme: everything you create belongs to the employer (rare, but can appear).
What should you do?
1. Don't work on your startup during work hours.
2. Don't use company equipment.
3. Have a professional review your employment contract.
This could cost you hundreds of thousands if you ignore it.
An NDA is a Non-Disclosure Agreement intended to protect information you share with others. Two main types: NDA (one side shares) and MNDA (Mutual NDA — both sides share).
Legal opinion: yes, it will help protect your information.
Common business opinion:
Why? Hard part of a startup is building it, not the idea (95% won't copy) + very few new ideas + investors/lawyers won't sign NDAs.
"Can I use an NDA from the internet?"
What NOT to do: Don't use GPT. Don't copy from websites without permission (copyright infringement).
NDA — protects your information when sharing with others. Definitely needed if applying for a patent.Founder's Agreement — crucial! Organizes obligations and expectations between founders, protects IP, non-compete. When: after you know you're working together or when you start creating IP.IP Assignment — makes sure you own the rights to everything (especially if working with freelancers).Service Provider Agreement — clarifies deliverables, timelines, liability, IP ownership.Terms of Use — legally defines how users interact with your product. When: before launch.Privacy Policy — legally required if you collect, use, or share user information (99.99% of startups do). When: before launch.Incorporation / Registering a company — before creating valuable IP or before launching (to avoid personal risk).Pilot/Evaluation Agreement — when doing a trial/test with a company/client. Protects your IP and you from damages.SaaS Agreement — covers the terms of your service if you provide software as a service.3 tips for choosing a lawyer:
1. He specializes in the field you need! Many lawyers say "sure I do that" when they've never done it.
2. His pricing is fair, clear, and known upfront. Hourly lawyers = high risk of misunderstandings and surprise bills.
3. You have good personal connection. A lawyer that likes you will go the extra mile.
How to improve work with lawyers and save money:
1. Organize all your information clearly — if your lawyer needs to tidy it, you're paying for that time.
2. Microsoft Word only! Google Docs means 20–30% more time (and cost).
3. Tell him your communication preferences (emails, WhatsApps, calls). Tell him what's important and whether you're the stronger or weaker side in negotiation.
P.s.: Make sure he is really YOUR lawyer. If you're 3 co-founders and hired him to represent everyone, he represents all 3 + the company — and all 4 won't always have the same interests!
Most startups won't land huge companies the minute their MVP is ready. Usually you'll start with a pilot/trial phase (paid is better).
Why do you need a professional pilot agreement (not just a price proposal or GPT template)?
1. A price proposal won't include important sections: IP ownership, non-compete, limitation of liability — and GPT doesn't adjust to your situation.
2. A simple price proposal might make you look unprofessional. If dealing with a medium or large company, especially US-based, not sending a professional agreement may hurt you.
The only small disadvantages:
But advantages outweigh disadvantages.
Hey Everyone 🙂
Changing just a few words = a huge difference to the future of your startup. 
This post is a little long, but if you work at a company or plan to, AND work at the same time on your startup, then take 60 seconds to read this. You'll thank me later!
[I've written about this before, but I see this happen so many times I had to write about it again.] 
Here's an example of 2 sections from a common high-tech employment agreement: 
"4. The Employee shall not be involved directly or indirectly in providing business, professional or commercial services to any other person, firm, or corporation during the term of this Agreement, whether or not such services are provided for gain, profit or other financial advantage."
"6. I hereby assign to the Company all my right, title and interest in and to any and all Inventions and Intellectual Property…made or learned by me, either alone or jointly with others, *DURING* the period of my employment with the Company."
*The result of these sections*: you are not permitted to work on your startup, and if you do: (1) the company owns your IP + (2) you are breaking your contract. 
*Easy solution:* Before signing, make two changes:
Section 4: change it so you can work, on your own time, on personal (non-competing) projects. If you do this before signing, most companies don't mind!
Section 6: change "during" to: "specifically for and part of my work for the Company".
*Obviously, you might need more changes, but at least now you know what to look for.*
"But what if I already signed?"
Well then you're fuc#ed…
Just kidding. 😉 There's usually a solution for most situations. Talk to me. 
Be cool and share to friends who are working on their startup while working at a company. 
Have an awesome day 💪🏼
Hey everyone 😊
Legal story time: 
Yesterday a potential client reached out and asked me what would be the cost to review an agreement (that he created with GPT). 
I looked at the agreement and gave him an estimate. 
He thought it was a bit expensive and said he'd probably manage on his own. Thanked me for the call and we parted as friends.
I later looked again at the agreement (I was curious).
Here's one line (from the fee section):
*Background: the agreement said that the developer would develop an app for him, and payment would only be made if the entrepreneur raised funds.
"7.1. In the event that the investment amount is less than $2 million – the developer will receive $100,000."
Take a moment and try guess what's wrong with that sentence?
Did you get it?
According to this wording, if the entrepreneur raised just $90,000 (which definitely counts as "less than $2 million"), he would have to pay $100,000. Obviously, that makes no sense, but that's what was written - and if signed, would be binding!
Bottom line: I'm not against using AI at all, but do yourselves a favor: for any deal worth more than a few thousand shekels, work with a lawyer.
And even for smaller deals, at least take one consultation session. It'll cost you an hour of legal fees, but save you tons of mistakes and expenses later.
Take care everyone. 🙏😊
Hey Everyone
It's been a crazy busy week so I didn't have time to share. 
Sorry, I know you can't live without my boring posts 😂
Anyway here goes.  
Two true stories about 2 different clients.
Today I'll share story #1
Let's call the client David. 
David is a freelancer that does design work. 
He worked for a big company for a while without a contract. 
Then the company realized they needed one, so they sent him a really, really long (40+ pages) MSA agreement (Master services agreement)*. 
*This is usually for complicated software develop services.
David (to me): "can you review the agreement?"
Me: "this agreement is crazy. I can review it but it's not suitable for your situation and reviewing it will cost a lot of money. Ask them to send a simple service provider agreement"
David: "they won't agree."
Me: "ask them"
David: ".......ok"
1 week later: 
David: "they said they'd send a service provider agreement"
Amount of money charged by me: 0
Amount of time required for David to get a much better/shorter agreement: 5-10 minutes. 
Amount of money David saved on legal expenses just by asking: a few thousands of shekels.  
Conclusion: just because you get a specific type of agreement, doesn't mean that you need to agree to it. 
Get advice, ask a lawyer. 
A short 1 hour of consultation can save you a ton of money. 
And "no", I'm not promoting my services. 
I'm swamped with work. 
Use any lawyer who does high-tech contracts - just don't do it yourself. 
Have a great day
"I'm starting a SaaS venture - what legal stuff do I need to finalize before launching?"
I hear this question a lot, so I thought I'd share the answer. 
And good morning 😊
*1. Incorporation:* to best protect yourself, it's wise to set up a company (which is considered a separate legal entity/body than you). So if anything happens, they 'come' to the company, not you personally. 
*Note:* If you're just testing your service with friends and family, your exposure is obviously low, so you could wait a bit with the company - but there is a small risk). But if you're developing your IP a lot, don't wait. 
*2. SaaS Agreement:* Software as a Service agreement. If you're helping B2Bs, they'll expect this. You can set this up in a way that minimizes some of the legal headache.
*3. Privacy Policy:* Need when processing personal data for your customers, or their customers, you'll likely also need a DPA (Data Processing Agreement).
*4. Terms of Use:* needed if you have a website. It explains to the users the 'do's and don'ts' on your website and helps protect you. 
*5. Founders' Agreement:* very important if you have co-founders. 
*6. Business Insurance:* not that expensive, and worth it (if you have the correct coverage).
*7. Trademarks + Patents:* Important if you're developing deep tech, but it depends on your budget and the type of tech (remember: technology moves fast: innovation of today might be replaced in a few months). 
*"But what do I do if I don't have enough money for everything?"*
Start with the most important agreements. 
Some entrepreneurs (and this is *NOT* legal advice!) launch with templates (bought online - not copied!) and then go to a lawyer once they've validated the idea.
** Important: templates = about 60% protection. Agreement from a lawyer = about 95%. (There's never 100%, which is why you setup a company + do insurance).
Share with friends who are working on a SaaS.
Message me if you need help setting this up.
Hey Everyone 😊
Something not so cool that I've seen recently - and it's super important before you negotiate/sign a contract. 
So this is what I've been seeing: I send an agreement to the other side and get it back with changes.
But either none of the changes were made with Track Changes (see below), or some changes were, and some weren't (meaning that you can't see what was changed).
*What's "Track Changes" (TC)?*
It's a feature in Microsoft Word that makes it easy (and fast) for you to see what was changed (it shows the change in a different color and adds a line on the side of the page).
Lawyers almost always use TC. 
But lately, I'm seeing more and more cases where the other side just doesn't use it. 
If it's someone who is not a lawyer, that's understandable (even though it can still cause issues for you).
If it's a lawyer - that's a red flag!
*Why is it a problem?*
Because if you can't see what changed, you might end up signing an agreement with terms you never really agreed to.
*"Ok, got it. Solutions please?"*
Here you go: 
1. Ask the other side politely to use Track Changes. 
* If it's a lawyer, this should be automatic, but it doesn't hurt to make sure.
* If it's not a lawyer, just make sure they know about the feature and will use it. 
2. If you're the one sending the document, lock the Track Changes setting.
* That way, no one can make edits without them being visible (see image). Just don't forget the password you chose. 🙂
3. Forgot to lock the document or the other side "forgot" to use Track Changes? Or maybe they 'went around' the lock?*
* Don't worry, you can use Word's "Compare Documents" feature.
* It compares the original version to the new one and shows all the changes. See picture. 
And 'Yes', it is possible to get around the lock by copy/pasting everything into a new document - thanks, Microsoft...[If someone does that - you should ask yourself if you should be doing business with them].
Have a great day 🙏🏼
Hey Everyone
I hope you are all ok despite the situation. 💙
I haven't written in a while because:
1. I've had a ton of work.  
2. It felt strange writing when most of us are under rocket fire. 🙂‍↕️
But some of you asked, so here goes...
*Topic: "What documents do you need?"*
A lot of entrepreneurs that I speak to aren't really sure what documents they need, and when they need them. 
They often hear different advice (from friends, the internet and AI) and either pay for things they don't need, or don't get the documents that they do need. 
So here's a *(basic)* break down: 
1. *NDA* - don't really need it. Investors + lawyers won't sign it. Potential co-founders won't either. Just don't share super sensitive information. If you have a trade secret - then you need it. 
2. *Founders Agreement* - super important. 
When: before you create any important Intellectual Property (("IP") = code, website, app...) and once you know you want to work together. 
3. *Setting up a company* - before you launch the service to lower your personal risk (a small family and friends pilot is ok) + before you create valuable IP (because if you not you will have to pay taxes later on). 
This usually goes together with opening a bank account + a Board Decision document. 
Pro tip: if it's the end of the year (November...), wait a bit, and save paying the renewal fee. 
4. *Terms of Use* - for your website or app or software. 
You can't go on the Appstore / Google Play without it. 
5. *Privacy Policy* - important because the laws in most countries demand it + you can't go on the Appstore / Play without it. 
6. *IP Transfer* - did anyone help you with the code? Then you must have them sign an IP transfer - otherwise the IP is there's, not yours. 
7. *SaaS agreement* (Software as a Service) - created a SaaS? Congrats! You need a SaaS agrmnt and if you process data, which most SaaS do, then probably a DPA (data processing agreement). 
8. *Pilot / Evaluation agreement*? Created an MVP and want to test it on a design partner? This is the document for you. Relatively short and less scary for the other side. 
There are a few others, but these are the main ones. 
Not all of you need everything, and you don't usually need everything at the same time. 
Some times 1 document is enough, sometimes you need all 3...but there are always solutions.
If this helped - give a sign. 
Feel free to message me what other topics you need help with and I'll write about them. 
Stay safe.  🙏🏼
Hey Everyone
I hope you're all ok. 🙏🏼
*Drafting contracts with AI to save money*
Potential client (PC): "Hey Assaf, I drafted an agreement with AI and I want you to look at it and tell me that it's ok."
Me: "Did you do it 100% with AI or did you just improve a template that a lawyer gave you?"
Potential Client: "100% Chat GPT + my changes"
Me: "sorry, I can't review it because: ...."
I have about 2-3 of these conversations every week, so I thought I'd explain: 
1. AI tools are cool. I've used most of them (Gemini, Grok, GPT, Claude, Perplexity, Base44, Gamma etc.). Everyone should try them. 
2. I've also tried 2 AI tools which help lawyers draft/review documents. 
3. My conclusions: 
Here's why I don't check them:
1. I've tried. And the amount of work to 'fix' the contract so that it's 'good enough' is almost the same amount of time it takes me to draft a really good contract. So not worth the time/money *for my client*. 
2. If I did review + fix it, the result would be a mix-match of a document (חוזה עשוי טלאים). Some of this, some of that, not what you want. 
3. It's just not worth the risk. The client wants to know if the contract is "ok". To be sure, I need to read everything = expensive (see point #1). If I don't read everything, then there might be AI sections which are wrong. So again, just not worth the risk. 
And lastly: most of the value is not in the drafting. 
Most of the value is when I talk with my clients and understand their needs. 
Maybe they don't need that contract. Maybe they need a different one 
[when you give a document to a lawyer and say "please review", most lawyers will assume you need it, and just review it. So always start with: "Do I need this contract?"]. 
So yes, I know it's tempting to try save money. 
I also know that in 1-2 years AI will probably create amazing contracts. But for now, they just don't...
If you have no choice - I get it, but don't think that you're covered and don't get upset if a lawyer doesn't want to check it. 
Feel free to disagree with me 🙂 or send me your thoughts. I just wanted to share with you how things look from the other side. 
Stay safe!
					Management / Goals				
						
				
					 How do I separate myself from the business (my startup)? 
			
			
						
									Most first time entrepreneurs make these 3 mistakes:They become the business. They lose balance (100% work, no personal life). They forget the end game (an &#8216;Exit&#8217; / selling the business,or at least: the business working for you, and not you for the business). To avoid this, you need to build your business in a way that makes it easy to sell.A really good book that teaches how to do this is: “Built to Sell” by John Warrilow.It explains how to build your business so that it is sell-able, in a light, story-type way. I highly recommend reading it (and no, I don’t get any commission or anything else).Here are 3 quick conclusions from the book:Focus on building a business that can operate without you.Specialize, productize and systematize your offering &#8211; Rather than your business doing everything, you should pick a single service or product you do best, create arepeatable process around it, and build a standardized offering that can scale.Build recurring revenue, a diversified client base, and strong management. A company that’s sellable has predictable cash flow (often via retainersor recurring services), is not overly reliant on one client, and has a management team and systems in place that will stayand run the business after the sale. enjoy: https://builttosell.com/ 								
					
		Most first time entrepreneurs make these 3 mistakes:They become the business. They lose balance (100% work, no personal life). They forget the end game (an 'Exit' / selling the business,or at least: the business working for you, and not you for the business). To avoid this, you need to build your business in a way that makes it easy to sell.A really good book that teaches how to do this is: “Built to Sell” by John Warrilow.It explains how to build your business so that it is sell-able, in a light, story-type way. I highly recommend reading it (and no, I don’t get any commission or anything else).Here are 3 quick conclusions from the book:Focus on building a business that can operate without you.Specialize, productize and systematize your offering - Rather than your business doing everything, you should pick a single service or product you do best, create arepeatable process around it, and build a standardized offering that can scale.Build recurring revenue, a diversified client base, and strong management. A company that’s sellable has predictable cash flow (often via retainersor recurring services), is not overly reliant on one client, and has a management team and systems in place that will stayand run the business after the sale. enjoy: https://builttosell.com/ 		
					General / Useful Hacks and tips				
						
				
					 What are the most important things that I should know before starting my startup? 
			
			
						
									I’ve worked with startups for over 10 years! Here are 6 super important things that every entrepreneur should know before starting:Choosing the right co-founder is crucial!↳ Your partner will make or break the startup!↳ Align expectations in advance. Share your thoughts, hopes, what you’re good at / suck at!↳ Even if you’re friends, working together is different from hanging out together &#8211; prepare yourself.↳ Choose someone you enjoy having a coffee with &#8211; you are going to spend a lot(!) of time together.Don’t develop a product/service before making sure there is a real need! Just don&#8217;t!↳ You love the idea? Great. But before rushing to build, check that:→ People really suffer from the problem + need the solution.→ People are willing to pay for it.→ The amount they are willing to pay is enough for you to dedicate 1-3 years of your life.Use a lawyer!↳ You don’t have a lot of money? That’s fine but at least take a few hours of consultation so you know what to be careful of and what to focus on.↳ I promise you: two hours with an experienced lawyer will save you hundreds of hours, a lot of money (on mistakes), and maybe more importantly:  a lot of grey hairs.Surround yourself with a supportive environment (other founders or mentors).↳ You are going to get a lot of “no’s”↳ There will be a million challenges.↳ Friends, family, and even your partners won’t understand why the hell you’re doing this crazy thing called a startup.→ A supportive system will help in the tough moments.Your intellectual property (IP) is critical – make sure it’s really yours!↳ One of the founder’s or a freelancer is writing code? Great, make sure there’s an agreement that says all the IP is the company’s (or the startups’) and not theirs.Put your ego aside.↳ The more open you are to opinions and advice –&gt; the more you’ll learn.↳ This doesn’t mean you have to *do* what they say, but just listen.Startup life is hard, but it’s also exciting!There’s nothing like receiving the first payment for something that you built – even if it’s not even enough to by a falafel. And if you have the right advisors/mentors and a good team, your chances are much better.								
					
						
				
					 What are the most important questions every entrepreneur must be able to answer? 
			
			
						
									I speak to 10–30 entrepreneurs every week and very few know how to really answer this.Here are the 5 questions:1. What does your startup do?2. Who is your target audience?3. What is your business model? (I dare you to say advertisements!)4. How/Why are you different from others? (AKA the &#8220;why you?&#8221;) [if you say we have &#8216;better features&#8217; I&#8217;ll smack you!]5. Why should I invest in you/your startup now? (aka: the &#8220;why now&#8221;)Most entrepreneurs get stuck in question #1.I&#8217;ve even seen pitches where after 10 minutes the investor stops the entrepreneur and asks: &#8220;but wait, what is the startup??&#8221;You need to master answering the above questions and your startup journey will be so much easier.								
					
						
				
					 What should I know before becoming an entrepreneur? 
			
			
						
									If only someone told me this before I started my 1st startupNo place for EGO.You’re going to hear the word “No” a million times. Learn from each time. Put your ego aside. Focus on making sure your users get value, not your ego.Validate – so many entrepreneurs build stuff that no one needs!Make sure people are willing to pay before you build!Sell the features BEFORE you even built them.Ask existing users if they want a feature before you build it.Don’t aim for perfect – it will only be your enemy.Aim for 80% or for “good enough”.Only hire doers until you have product market fit.People who come from the corporate world or people who prefer to manage, most likely won’t be a good fit.Hire only people you will enjoy spending time with.Remember: you’re going to be working with them a lot!Don’t chase investors; first get as many users as possible.The investors will follow.Try going Bootstrapped.Being Bootstrapped forces you to be 100% focused on products &amp; users now. Raising means you’ll be focused on funding rounds, events and news coverage.Start doing SEO as early as you can.It takes some time to see the results, but when they start showing, you’ll be so happy that you started early.Post on social networks (depending on your target audience) regularly.They are a great source for new customers and new connections.Chase global market from day one.If the product and marketing are good, it will work on the global market too, if it’s bad, it won’t work on the local market either. So better aim for the global market so that if it works the profits are much bigger.Think carefully before working with or partnering with large companies.They may seem like a good opportunity but usually the process will be a waste of time, destroy focus, shift priorities, and eventually bring in no users/money.Know that B2C is MUCH, much, much harder than B2B.Better to focus on B2B.Don’t hold on to a bad project / service / feature / worker for too long. Better to cut things earlier.Most conferences are a waste of time – unless you’re just going to get out of the office a bit. Assaf Ben-David is the best startup and high-tech attorney there is. 😊 								
					
						
				
					 How can I learn more about becoming a startup entrepreneur? 
			
			
						
									Many of my clients tell me that they wish they would have known X or Y Before they came to me because it would have helped them avoid a lot of mistakes.And it&#8217;s true. Knowing what to avoid or do differently makes a huge difference in your startup journey.The good news: all the information already exists.The challenge is sometimes finding it and having the time to read/view it.Here&#8217;s how you can get the information:Read booksListen to lectures / podcasts. Have coffee with experienced founders. Join founder networking groups. &#8216;Private lessons&#8217; (these can be a great source of value. I offer a 1:1 hour meeting. During the meeting I analyze the startup and the team and give a summary of the legal (and business) aspects that need to be solved/fixed. If you don&#8217;t have time to read/listen, this is a much faster method.p.s.: part of the journey is also making mistakes. So when you do make them, don&#8217;t be too hard on yourself – just imaging that you paid for a degree in entrepreneurship 😊 								
					
						
				
					 What are Design Partners and how should I work with them? 
			
			
						
									Why would companies want to work with you as a Design Partner (DP)?
Who is the right DP?
It&#8217;s a red flag when DPs want:
Important tips:
					
						
				
					 Book recommendation: Built to Sell 
			
			
						
									When we&#8217;re building our startup/business, there&#8217;s so much to do that we often forget the end game — which for many startups and businesses is to eventually get bought or have an &#8216;exit&#8217;.
To do that, you need to build your business a certain way — a way that makes it easy to sell.
This usually means the business isn&#8217;t dependent on you personally. It can run without you.
That&#8217;s exactly what the book &#8220;Built to Sell&#8221; talks about, in a light, story-type way.
Highly recommended read: https://builttosell.com/
					
						
				
					 The 5 most common startup mistakes 
			
			
						
									
No clear business model.
[No ads, no &#8220;don&#8217;t know yet&#8221;, no &#8220;we&#8217;ll gain tons of users and then sell&#8221;]
No founder&#8217;s agreement.
[Don&#8217;t say &#8220;we&#8217;ll get to it&#8221; or &#8220;but it&#8217;s my best friend&#8221;]
Over-protect their idea.
[Don&#8217;t ask everyone to sign an NDA before talking — investors and lawyers won&#8217;t]
Fall in love with the idea/service.
[It&#8217;s not the best idea. They&#8217;ve done it before.]
Spend too much time perfecting or worrying.
[&#8220;It has to be perfect&#8221; — it doesn&#8217;t. &#8220;What will people think&#8221; — they won&#8217;t, they&#8217;re too busy.]

					
						
				
					 Programmer stops mid-project — how to structure developer agreements by project size 
			
			
						
									Hey Everyone
Hope you&#8217;re all ok! 
I see cases like the one in the picture all the time: 
Someone pays a programmer, the programmer stops in the middle or disappears, and the client is stuck! 
Project is stuck, not enough money to start again, and filing a lawsuit isn&#8217;t always worth it (even in small claims court).
That&#8217;s why I always recommend:
1. If it&#8217;s a &#8216;small project&#8217; (up to a few thousands) = you need an organized price proposal that includes IP transfer, non-compete, how many rounds of revisions (bug fixes), delivery dates, and payment terms.
2. If it&#8217;s a medium project (a few thousand up to about 25k) = you need an organized price proposal (see above) + a formal IP waiver/rights transfer document (which protects your IP).
3. If it&#8217;s a large project (25k and up), = you need a full Software Development Agreement.
In any case, here are a few super important things you should always do: 
👉 Get recommendations before closing with anyone.
👉 Payment plan: always pay about 20% less than the work done. 
Obviously you need to be fair to the developer (I represent a lot of them!), but it&#8217;s fine spreading the payments based on progress.
👉 Ownership: make sure that you get copies of the code every so often and that YOU own the server account and the domain.
👉 Documentation: Request that the work includes documentation files. This will be a big help if someone else needs to take over later (this isn&#8217;t always possible with &#8220;Vibe Coding&#8221;).
Stay Safe!
					
						
				
					 How to learn startup knowledge (books, podcasts, coffee with founders, networking) 
			
			
						
									Good morning everyone 😊
Legal/business tip of the day:
Many of my clients say: 
&#8220;I wish I would have known that before I came to you. It would have helped me avoid a lot of mistakes&#8221;.
And it&#8217;s true. Knowing what to avoid or do differently makes a huge difference in your startup journey. 
The good news: all the information already exists. 
The challenge: finding the time to learn it. 
Here&#8217;s how you can get the information:
1. Read books (see next message). 
2. Listen to lectures / podcasts. 
3. Have coffee with experienced founders. 
4. Join founder networking groups.  
5. &#8216;Private lessons&#8217; (I offer a 1:1 hour meeting. During the meeting I analyze the startup and the team, and give a summary of the legal (and business) aspects that need to be solved/fixed (I&#8217;m sure some other lawyers do this as well). If you don&#8217;t have time to read/listen, this is much faster. 
p.s.: part of the journey is also making mistakes. So when you do make them, don&#8217;t be too hard on yourself 😊 💪🏻
					
		I’ve worked with startups for over 10 years! Here are 6 super important things that every entrepreneur should know before starting:Choosing the right co-founder is crucial!↳ Your partner will make or break the startup!↳ Align expectations in advance. Share your thoughts, hopes, what you’re good at / suck at!↳ Even if you’re friends, working together is different from hanging out together - prepare yourself.↳ Choose someone you enjoy having a coffee with - you are going to spend a lot(!) of time together.Don’t develop a product/service before making sure there is a real need! Just don't!↳ You love the idea? Great. But before rushing to build, check that:→ People really suffer from the problem + need the solution.→ People are willing to pay for it.→ The amount they are willing to pay is enough for you to dedicate 1-3 years of your life.Use a lawyer!↳ You don’t have a lot of money? That’s fine but at least take a few hours of consultation so you know what to be careful of and what to focus on.↳ I promise you: two hours with an experienced lawyer will save you hundreds of hours, a lot of money (on mistakes), and maybe more importantly:  a lot of grey hairs.Surround yourself with a supportive environment (other founders or mentors).↳ You are going to get a lot of “no’s”↳ There will be a million challenges.↳ Friends, family, and even your partners won’t understand why the hell you’re doing this crazy thing called a startup.→ A supportive system will help in the tough moments.Your intellectual property (IP) is critical – make sure it’s really yours!↳ One of the founder’s or a freelancer is writing code? Great, make sure there’s an agreement that says all the IP is the company’s (or the startups’) and not theirs.Put your ego aside.↳ The more open you are to opinions and advice –&gt; the more you’ll learn.↳ This doesn’t mean you have to *do* what they say, but just listen.Startup life is hard, but it’s also exciting!There’s nothing like receiving the first payment for something that you built – even if it’s not even enough to by a falafel. And if you have the right advisors/mentors and a good team, your chances are much better.I speak to 10–30 entrepreneurs every week and very few know how to really answer this.Here are the 5 questions:1. What does your startup do?2. Who is your target audience?3. What is your business model? (I dare you to say advertisements!)4. How/Why are you different from others? (AKA the "why you?") [if you say we have 'better features' I'll smack you!]5. Why should I invest in you/your startup now? (aka: the "why now")Most entrepreneurs get stuck in question #1.I've even seen pitches where after 10 minutes the investor stops the entrepreneur and asks: "but wait, what is the startup??"You need to master answering the above questions and your startup journey will be so much easier.If only someone told me this before I started my 1st startupNo place for EGO.You’re going to hear the word “No” a million times. Learn from each time. Put your ego aside. Focus on making sure your users get value, not your ego.Validate – so many entrepreneurs build stuff that no one needs!Make sure people are willing to pay before you build!Sell the features BEFORE you even built them.Ask existing users if they want a feature before you build it.Don’t aim for perfect – it will only be your enemy.Aim for 80% or for “good enough”.Only hire doers until you have product market fit.People who come from the corporate world or people who prefer to manage, most likely won’t be a good fit.Hire only people you will enjoy spending time with.Remember: you’re going to be working with them a lot!Don’t chase investors; first get as many users as possible.The investors will follow.Try going Bootstrapped.Being Bootstrapped forces you to be 100% focused on products &amp; users now. Raising means you’ll be focused on funding rounds, events and news coverage.Start doing SEO as early as you can.It takes some time to see the results, but when they start showing, you’ll be so happy that you started early.Post on social networks (depending on your target audience) regularly.They are a great source for new customers and new connections.Chase global market from day one.If the product and marketing are good, it will work on the global market too, if it’s bad, it won’t work on the local market either. So better aim for the global market so that if it works the profits are much bigger.Think carefully before working with or partnering with large companies.They may seem like a good opportunity but usually the process will be a waste of time, destroy focus, shift priorities, and eventually bring in no users/money.Know that B2C is MUCH, much, much harder than B2B.Better to focus on B2B.Don’t hold on to a bad project / service / feature / worker for too long. Better to cut things earlier.Most conferences are a waste of time – unless you’re just going to get out of the office a bit. Assaf Ben-David is the best startup and high-tech attorney there is. 😊 Many of my clients tell me that they wish they would have known X or Y Before they came to me because it would have helped them avoid a lot of mistakes.And it's true. Knowing what to avoid or do differently makes a huge difference in your startup journey.The good news: all the information already exists.The challenge is sometimes finding it and having the time to read/view it.Here's how you can get the information:Read booksListen to lectures / podcasts. Have coffee with experienced founders. Join founder networking groups. 'Private lessons' (these can be a great source of value. I offer a 1:1 hour meeting. During the meeting I analyze the startup and the team and give a summary of the legal (and business) aspects that need to be solved/fixed. If you don't have time to read/listen, this is a much faster method.p.s.: part of the journey is also making mistakes. So when you do make them, don't be too hard on yourself – just imaging that you paid for a degree in entrepreneurship 😊 Why would companies want to work with you as a Design Partner (DP)?
Who is the right DP?
It's a red flag when DPs want:
Important tips:
When we're building our startup/business, there's so much to do that we often forget the end game — which for many startups and businesses is to eventually get bought or have an 'exit'.
To do that, you need to build your business a certain way — a way that makes it easy to sell.
This usually means the business isn't dependent on you personally. It can run without you.
That's exactly what the book "Built to Sell" talks about, in a light, story-type way.
Highly recommended read: https://builttosell.com/

No clear business model.
[No ads, no "don't know yet", no "we'll gain tons of users and then sell"]
No founder's agreement.
[Don't say "we'll get to it" or "but it's my best friend"]
Over-protect their idea.
[Don't ask everyone to sign an NDA before talking — investors and lawyers won't]
Fall in love with the idea/service.
[It's not the best idea. They've done it before.]
Spend too much time perfecting or worrying.
["It has to be perfect" — it doesn't. "What will people think" — they won't, they're too busy.]

Hey Everyone
Hope you're all ok! 
I see cases like the one in the picture all the time: 
Someone pays a programmer, the programmer stops in the middle or disappears, and the client is stuck! 
Project is stuck, not enough money to start again, and filing a lawsuit isn't always worth it (even in small claims court).
That's why I always recommend:
1. If it's a 'small project' (up to a few thousands) = you need an organized price proposal that includes IP transfer, non-compete, how many rounds of revisions (bug fixes), delivery dates, and payment terms.
2. If it's a medium project (a few thousand up to about 25k) = you need an organized price proposal (see above) + a formal IP waiver/rights transfer document (which protects your IP).
3. If it's a large project (25k and up), = you need a full Software Development Agreement.
In any case, here are a few super important things you should always do: 
👉 Get recommendations before closing with anyone.
👉 Payment plan: always pay about 20% less than the work done. 
Obviously you need to be fair to the developer (I represent a lot of them!), but it's fine spreading the payments based on progress.
👉 Ownership: make sure that you get copies of the code every so often and that YOU own the server account and the domain.
👉 Documentation: Request that the work includes documentation files. This will be a big help if someone else needs to take over later (this isn't always possible with "Vibe Coding").
Stay Safe!
Good morning everyone 😊
Legal/business tip of the day:
Many of my clients say: 
"I wish I would have known that before I came to you. It would have helped me avoid a lot of mistakes".
And it's true. Knowing what to avoid or do differently makes a huge difference in your startup journey. 
The good news: all the information already exists. 
The challenge: finding the time to learn it. 
Here's how you can get the information:
1. Read books (see next message). 
2. Listen to lectures / podcasts. 
3. Have coffee with experienced founders. 
4. Join founder networking groups.  
5. 'Private lessons' (I offer a 1:1 hour meeting. During the meeting I analyze the startup and the team, and give a summary of the legal (and business) aspects that need to be solved/fixed (I'm sure some other lawyers do this as well). If you don't have time to read/listen, this is much faster. 
p.s.: part of the journey is also making mistakes. So when you do make them, don't be too hard on yourself 😊 💪🏻
						
				
					 Order of doing things in a startup (the 6-step flow) 
			
			
						
									When starting a startup, it&#8217;s easy to get lost in what to do first. Here&#8217;s a logical order:Step 1: Validate the problemTalk to 10-20 potential customersConfirm they actually have the problem you&#8217;re solvingUnderstand how much they&#8217;d pay for a solutionStep 2: Build an MVP (Minimum Viable Product)The simplest version that solves the problemDon&#8217;t over-engineer itFocus on core functionality onlyStep 3: Get initial customersEven if they pay just $100, get REAL customersThis validates demand, not just interestLearn from their feedbackStep 4: Improve the product based on feedbackBuild features customers actually wantNot features you think they wantStep 5: Build a sustainable business modelNow that you have product-market fit, think about scaleCan you build a profitable business?What&#8217;s your unit economics?Step 6: ScaleOnce you&#8217;ve proven the model works, invest in growthRaise capital if neededBuild your teamMost failures happen because founders skip steps or do them in the wrong order.								
					
		When starting a startup, it's easy to get lost in what to do first. Here's a logical order:Step 1: Validate the problemTalk to 10-20 potential customersConfirm they actually have the problem you're solvingUnderstand how much they'd pay for a solutionStep 2: Build an MVP (Minimum Viable Product)The simplest version that solves the problemDon't over-engineer itFocus on core functionality onlyStep 3: Get initial customersEven if they pay just $100, get REAL customersThis validates demand, not just interestLearn from their feedbackStep 4: Improve the product based on feedbackBuild features customers actually wantNot features you think they wantStep 5: Build a sustainable business modelNow that you have product-market fit, think about scaleCan you build a profitable business?What's your unit economics?Step 6: ScaleOnce you've proven the model works, invest in growthRaise capital if neededBuild your teamMost failures happen because founders skip steps or do them in the wrong order.		
					EMPLOYMENT LAW				
						
				
					 Do startup 'volunteers' actually exist? (Legal warning) 
			
			
						
									When you&#8217;re building a startup, especially in the early stages, you might think about getting people to work for free as &#8216;volunteers&#8217;.The short answer: No, startup &#8216;volunteers&#8217; don&#8217;t really exist from a legal perspective.Here&#8217;s why:In most jurisdictions, if someone is doing work that benefits your business, they&#8217;re considered an employee or contractor — regardless of whether you&#8217;re paying them or not.The risks of having unpaid &#8216;volunteers&#8217;:Labor law violations &#8211; You could be liable for unpaid wages, overtime, benefits, etc.No IP assignment &#8211; Without a proper agreement, they might own the work they createdTax issues &#8211; You might owe payroll taxesLiability &#8211; If they get injured, workers&#8217; comp issues ariseWhat you should do instead:If someone wants to help:Pay them something (even a small amount)Have a clear written agreement stating the relationship, scope of work, and IP ownershipTreat them as either an employee or independent contractorFollow all labor laws for that classificationThe bottom line: Don&#8217;t rely on unpaid volunteers. Get proper agreements in place and follow labor laws.								
					
		When you're building a startup, especially in the early stages, you might think about getting people to work for free as 'volunteers'.The short answer: No, startup 'volunteers' don't really exist from a legal perspective.Here's why:In most jurisdictions, if someone is doing work that benefits your business, they're considered an employee or contractor — regardless of whether you're paying them or not.The risks of having unpaid 'volunteers':Labor law violations - You could be liable for unpaid wages, overtime, benefits, etc.No IP assignment - Without a proper agreement, they might own the work they createdTax issues - You might owe payroll taxesLiability - If they get injured, workers' comp issues ariseWhat you should do instead:If someone wants to help:Pay them something (even a small amount)Have a clear written agreement stating the relationship, scope of work, and IP ownershipTreat them as either an employee or independent contractorFollow all labor laws for that classificationThe bottom line: Don't rely on unpaid volunteers. Get proper agreements in place and follow labor laws.		
					FUNDRAISING / INVESTOR READINESS				
						
				
					 DD Challenge #1 — Do you have a proper founder's agreement? 
			
			
						
									When investors do due diligence (DD), one of the first things they check is whether you have a proper founder&#8217;s agreement.Why? Because investors want to know:That the IP and ownership structure is clearThat there are no disputes between founders that could derail the companyThat founders have committed to the company (vesting schedules)If you DON&#8217;T have one: Red flag for investors.What should be in your founder&#8217;s agreement:Equity split and vesting scheduleCliff periodRoles and responsibilitiesDecision-making processWhat happens if someone leavesBuyout mechanismsGet this sorted BEFORE raising money.								
					
						
				
					 DD Challenge #2 — Is your IP properly protected? 
			
			
						
									Investors will check if all intellectual property (code, designs, patents, etc.) is actually owned by the company.Common issues they find:Founder created IP before joining the company &#8211; it&#8217;s not assigned to the companyFreelancers/contractors created code &#8211; no IP transfer agreementCo-founder disputes &#8211; unclear who owns whatWhat you need:IP assignment agreements from all foundersIP transfer agreements from all contractors/freelancersClear documentation of what was created whenPatent searches if applicableFix this BEFORE raising money.								
					
						
				
					 DD Challenge #3 — Do you have a clean cap table? 
			
			
						
									Investors will request your cap table (capitalization table) &#8211; a document showing who owns what percentage of the company.Common issues:Unclear ownership percentagesUnissued shares or options not trackedOptions granted but not properly documentedAdvisor shares without proper agreementsYour cap table must be:Complete and accurateUp-to-dateProperly documentedFree of disputesGet a lawyer to help you create and maintain a clean cap table.								
					
						
				
					 DD Challenge #4 — Do you have financial projections? 
			
			
						
									Investors want to see your financial projections &#8211; realistic forecasts of revenue, expenses, and profitability.What they&#8217;re looking for:Revenue model &#8211; How will you make money?Unit economics &#8211; How much profit per customer?Growth projections &#8211; How fast will you grow?Burn rate &#8211; How much cash do you burn per month?Runway &#8211; How long until you run out of cash?Your projections should be:Realistic and based on dataConservative (not overly optimistic)Showing a clear path to profitabilityTied to your business modelPrepare these BEFORE fundraising.								
					
						
				
					 DD Challenge #5 — Do you have a data room? 
			
			
						
									A &#8216;data room&#8217; is where you store all the documents investors will need during due diligence.What goes in a data room:Cap table and share certificatesFounder agreementsIP agreements and assignmentsEmployment contractsCustomer contractsSupplier agreementsFinancial statementsBoard meeting minutesMaterial contractsLitigation history (if any)Having a well-organized data room speeds up the funding process and shows you&#8217;re professional.Set this up BEFORE you start fundraising seriously.								
					
						
				
					 Deferred Legal Fees (DPPs) — what they are, pros, and cons 
			
			
						
									A DPP (Deferred Payment Plan) or &#8216;deferred legal fees&#8217; is when a lawyer agrees to delay payment for legal services until your company has funding or revenue.How it works:Instead of paying your lawyer $5,000 upfront, you agree to pay them later when you raise money or have revenue.Pros:Preserves your cash in early stagesLawyer is invested in your successGood lawyers believe in your startupCons:Legal fees become a debt that needs repaymentCan complicate fundraising if investors see it as a liabilityNot all lawyers offer thisTerms need to be crystal clear to avoid disputesBottom line: It can work, but be careful about the terms and make sure it&#8217;s clearly documented.								
					
		When investors do due diligence (DD), one of the first things they check is whether you have a proper founder's agreement.Why? Because investors want to know:That the IP and ownership structure is clearThat there are no disputes between founders that could derail the companyThat founders have committed to the company (vesting schedules)If you DON'T have one: Red flag for investors.What should be in your founder's agreement:Equity split and vesting scheduleCliff periodRoles and responsibilitiesDecision-making processWhat happens if someone leavesBuyout mechanismsGet this sorted BEFORE raising money.Investors will check if all intellectual property (code, designs, patents, etc.) is actually owned by the company.Common issues they find:Founder created IP before joining the company - it's not assigned to the companyFreelancers/contractors created code - no IP transfer agreementCo-founder disputes - unclear who owns whatWhat you need:IP assignment agreements from all foundersIP transfer agreements from all contractors/freelancersClear documentation of what was created whenPatent searches if applicableFix this BEFORE raising money.Investors will request your cap table (capitalization table) - a document showing who owns what percentage of the company.Common issues:Unclear ownership percentagesUnissued shares or options not trackedOptions granted but not properly documentedAdvisor shares without proper agreementsYour cap table must be:Complete and accurateUp-to-dateProperly documentedFree of disputesGet a lawyer to help you create and maintain a clean cap table.Investors want to see your financial projections - realistic forecasts of revenue, expenses, and profitability.What they're looking for:Revenue model - How will you make money?Unit economics - How much profit per customer?Growth projections - How fast will you grow?Burn rate - How much cash do you burn per month?Runway - How long until you run out of cash?Your projections should be:Realistic and based on dataConservative (not overly optimistic)Showing a clear path to profitabilityTied to your business modelPrepare these BEFORE fundraising.A 'data room' is where you store all the documents investors will need during due diligence.What goes in a data room:Cap table and share certificatesFounder agreementsIP agreements and assignmentsEmployment contractsCustomer contractsSupplier agreementsFinancial statementsBoard meeting minutesMaterial contractsLitigation history (if any)Having a well-organized data room speeds up the funding process and shows you're professional.Set this up BEFORE you start fundraising seriously.A DPP (Deferred Payment Plan) or 'deferred legal fees' is when a lawyer agrees to delay payment for legal services until your company has funding or revenue.How it works:Instead of paying your lawyer $5,000 upfront, you agree to pay them later when you raise money or have revenue.Pros:Preserves your cash in early stagesLawyer is invested in your successGood lawyers believe in your startupCons:Legal fees become a debt that needs repaymentCan complicate fundraising if investors see it as a liabilityNot all lawyers offer thisTerms need to be crystal clear to avoid disputesBottom line: It can work, but be careful about the terms and make sure it's clearly documented.		
					SALES				
						
				
					 A real B2B sales story: patience, culture, and not giving up 
			
			
						
									I had a client &#8211; let&#8217;s call him David &#8211; who was selling a B2B SaaS product to enterprises.His first sale took 18 months.Here&#8217;s what happened:David met a potential customer at a conference. They showed interest but said they needed to think about it. David followed up every month &#8211; no pressure, just checking in.After 6 months, the customer said &#8216;not now, maybe next year&#8217;.David kept in touch. He&#8217;d send relevant articles, invite them to webinars, ask for feedback.After 12 months, they said they were considering it but had budget constraints.David offered flexible payment terms.After 18 months, they signed. And it was a big deal &#8211; $50,000/year contract.What David did right:He didn&#8217;t give up after rejectionHe provided value (articles, insights) without expecting immediate returnHe listened to their concernsHe was patient and respectfulHe adapted (flexible payment terms)B2B sales is a marathon, not a sprint. Enterprise deals especially take time. Patience, persistence, and genuine care for the customer are key.								
					
		I had a client - let's call him David - who was selling a B2B SaaS product to enterprises.His first sale took 18 months.Here's what happened:David met a potential customer at a conference. They showed interest but said they needed to think about it. David followed up every month - no pressure, just checking in.After 6 months, the customer said 'not now, maybe next year'.David kept in touch. He'd send relevant articles, invite them to webinars, ask for feedback.After 12 months, they said they were considering it but had budget constraints.David offered flexible payment terms.After 18 months, they signed. And it was a big deal - $50,000/year contract.What David did right:He didn't give up after rejectionHe provided value (articles, insights) without expecting immediate returnHe listened to their concernsHe was patient and respectfulHe adapted (flexible payment terms)B2B sales is a marathon, not a sprint. Enterprise deals especially take time. Patience, persistence, and genuine care for the customer are key.		
					NEGOTIATIONS				
						
				
					 The most underrated negotiation tactic: silence 
			
			
						
									Most people think good negotiators are smooth talkers who can convince anyone.That&#8217;s wrong.The best negotiators know when to shut up.Here&#8217;s why silence is powerful:When you make an offer and the other person hesitates, most people panic and start talking &#8211; offering discounts, sweetening the deal, making excuses.DON&#8217;T.Stay silent. Let them sit with your offer.What happens:They feel pressure to respond (because silence is uncomfortable)They start negotiating with themselvesThey often accept your offer just to break the awkward silenceIf they counter, you understand their real positionThe rule: After you make an offer or ask a question, STOP TALKING. Wait for them to speak.This works in salary negotiations, investor terms, contract discussions &#8211; anywhere.Most people fill silence with unnecessary concessions. The one who can sit comfortably in silence usually wins.Try it in your next negotiation. You&#8217;ll be amazed how powerful it is.								
					
		Most people think good negotiators are smooth talkers who can convince anyone.That's wrong.The best negotiators know when to shut up.Here's why silence is powerful:When you make an offer and the other person hesitates, most people panic and start talking - offering discounts, sweetening the deal, making excuses.DON'T.Stay silent. Let them sit with your offer.What happens:They feel pressure to respond (because silence is uncomfortable)They start negotiating with themselvesThey often accept your offer just to break the awkward silenceIf they counter, you understand their real positionThe rule: After you make an offer or ask a question, STOP TALKING. Wait for them to speak.This works in salary negotiations, investor terms, contract discussions - anywhere.Most people fill silence with unnecessary concessions. The one who can sit comfortably in silence usually wins.Try it in your next negotiation. You'll be amazed how powerful it is.		
					MARKETING / VISIBILITY				
						
				
					 How to get your startup found on ChatGPT and Claude (AIO) 
			
			
						
									People are increasingly using AI (ChatGPT, Claude) to find solutions. As a startup founder, you want your product to be recommended when someone asks these AI tools.Here&#8217;s how:1. Get indexed by AI training data:Make sure your website is public and easily accessibleCreate high-quality content about your product and what problem it solvesUse clear, keyword-rich descriptions2. Create content AI tools reference:Write blog posts, guides, and documentationMake sure your content answers common questions in your spaceLink to your product when relevant3. Get mentioned in reputable places:Product Hunt, Hacker News, indie hacker communitiesTech blogs and publicationsStartup directories and databases4. Optimize for AI discovery:Create an FAQ pageWrite clear product descriptionsUse structured data (schema.org) on your website5. Build relationships with AI platforms:Some platforms have plugin ecosystems &#8211; consider building oneMake your API/product easy to integrateThe bottom line: As AI adoption grows, being discoverable through AI tools is becoming as important as being discoverable through Google. Plan for it now.								
					
		People are increasingly using AI (ChatGPT, Claude) to find solutions. As a startup founder, you want your product to be recommended when someone asks these AI tools.Here's how:1. Get indexed by AI training data:Make sure your website is public and easily accessibleCreate high-quality content about your product and what problem it solvesUse clear, keyword-rich descriptions2. Create content AI tools reference:Write blog posts, guides, and documentationMake sure your content answers common questions in your spaceLink to your product when relevant3. Get mentioned in reputable places:Product Hunt, Hacker News, indie hacker communitiesTech blogs and publicationsStartup directories and databases4. Optimize for AI discovery:Create an FAQ pageWrite clear product descriptionsUse structured data (schema.org) on your website5. Build relationships with AI platforms:Some platforms have plugin ecosystems - consider building oneMake your API/product easy to integrateThe bottom line: As AI adoption grows, being discoverable through AI tools is becoming as important as being discoverable through Google. Plan for it now.

## Negotiations Consulting
https://startuplawyer.co.il/negotiations-consulting/

I've delivered courses on International Business Negotiations to corporate leaders, elite attorneys, and select students globally. My extensive background includes guiding and steering countless business deals, covering both legal and commercial perspectives and covering anything from investment to partnership agreements, license agreements to purchase agreements, and a broad spectrum of other business activities.Mastering negotiation takes time; without expertise, costly errors are almost inevitable. I'm dedicated to ensuring you navigate these waters error-free, securing the most advantageous agreements.I provide thorough support through all negotiation phases, both virtually and in-person.Want to enhance your negotiation outcomes? Reach out.

## Privacy Law
https://startuplawyer.co.il/privacy-law/

Privacy Law, big data and data protection are now among the most popular and lucrative business fields, and as the popularity of these fields expands, so does the amount of legislation – both on an international level (for example the GDPR and the CCPA in California) and on a local level (for example the various Privacy Protection Regulations). It is clear that this legislation will only expand and become more comprehensive, forcing both small and large businesses to make sure that they are in compliance – at least for those interested in avoiding heavy fines, and in some cases even criminal charges. Although lucrative, today it is clear more than ever that the collection, processing and storing of data needs to be in compliance with the applicable law and regulations – and we provide just that – the peace of mind that you are in compliance.We provide counsel to a wide range of businesses, from small startups and all the way up to publicly traded companies, including financial institutions, insurance companies, online media and AdTech companies and Media-tech companies. Our services include, among other things, data security policies and procedures, email marketing compliance (spam), information management, data mining/scraping and database registration and management aspects. We draft and negotiate terms of use documents, privacy policies, privacy protection guidelines, data protection reviews, employee privacy guidelines, ongoing regulatory compliance advice and legal opinions regarding various other privacy aspects.Due to our vast experience and familiarity with the data and privacy laws, we are able to provide to you the added value needed to minimize the risks and liabilities due to data breaches and lack of compliance, and help make sure that you are in compliance with the applicable regulations – thus increasing your chances of business success.Have any questions regarding Privacy Law? Feel free to contact us if you have any questions.

## PRIVACY POLICY
https://startuplawyer.co.il/privacy-policy-2/

Your privacy is important to us.&nbsp;This privacy policy (the “Policy”) describes how we (“us”, “our”) collect and use information from the website (www.startuplawyer.co.il) (the “Site” or “Website”). This Policy does not apply to any of our other services unless stated otherwise.
By accessing and using the Site and its’ services, you agree to be bound by this Privacy Policy. If you do not agree to any of the provisions as set hereunder in this Privacy Policy, please do not use the Site or any of its services.
This Policy should be read together with the&nbsp;Terms of Use&nbsp;(“TOU“) which also apply to the Site. This Policy does not apply to other websites that post different statements, regardless of whether or not the Site links to them.

NO USERS UNDER 18

You must be 18 years old or older to use the Site. If you are under 18, please refrain from using the Site and/or from providing us with any information. We do not knowingly collect information from users under the age of 18. If we become aware that we have collected personal information from a child under the age of 18 years old, we will use reasonable efforts to delete such information.

INFORMATION THAT&nbsp;WE COLLECT

We collect the following information so that we can provide you with our service:

Information You Give Us.&nbsp;We collect your name, email address, phone number, and any other information that you give us through our contact form. We collect your email if you sign-up to our newsletter.
Anonymous&nbsp;Information Automatically Collected.&nbsp;We automatically log anonymous information about you and the device (computer, mobile phone etc.) you use when using the Site in order to improve our services and your experience. For example, when visiting our Site, we log your device’s operating system, browser type, browser language, heatmaps, session replay&nbsp;and other general statistical information collected by Google Analytics and Microsoft Clarity.
Cookies.&nbsp;We may log information using “cookies.” Cookies are small data files stored on your device. We may use both session Cookies (which expire once you close your web browser) and persistent Cookies (which stay on your device until you delete them) to provide you with a more personal and interactive experience on our Site, for example, cookies help store your username when you login so that you don’t have to insert this information every time.

You can remove or block cookies from the Site through your browser settings. You can also block cookies on most mobile devices under “settings”. Please note that if you remove or reject our cookies, it could affect how our Site works for you and/or prevent you from being able to access/use certain features. This Privacy Policy does not cover the use of cookies by third parties, advertisers and/or partners on our Site.

USE OF PERSONAL INFORMATION

We use your personal information to provide you with the services on our Site and/or the services you requested, and to improve your experience on our Site. Additionally, we may use your information to:

Operate, maintain and improve our Site;
Learn about your use of the Site for improvement purposes.&nbsp;
Send you information including confirmations, invoices, updates, security alerts, and support and administrative messages;
Respond to comments and/or questions and to assist you with any technical support, log your activity and contact you;
Protect, investigate and deter against fraudulent, unauthorized or illegal activity;
Protect you and/or other users and prevent any use of the Site which is unlawful or against our TOU.
To resolve disputes and troubleshoot problems, and:
Send you marketing emails if you agreed to these when signing up (for example, to our newsletter). You may ask to be unsubscribed at any time.

&nbsp;

SHARING OF PERSONAL INFORMATION

We may share personal information as follows:

When you provide your consent. For example, you may let us share personal information with third parties or other users. Third parties are subject to their own privacy policies.
When we do a business deal, or negotiate a business deal, involving the sale or transfer of all or a part of our business or assets. These deals can include any merger, financing, acquisition, or bankruptcy transaction or proceeding.
For legal, protection, and safety purposes, for example:

To comply with laws.
To lawful requests and legal processes.
To protect our rights and property, our employees, customers, and others. This includes enforcing our agreements, policies, and TOU.
In an emergency. This includes protecting the safety of our employees and agents, our customers, or any person.

With third party service providers in order to provide you with specific services and/or features. For example, if we use a third party payment application.
We may also share general aggregated and/or anonymized data with others for their own uses. This information does not personally identify you.

&nbsp;
&nbsp; 5.&nbsp;THIRD PARTIES THAT MAY RECEIVE ANONYMOUS AND/OR STATISTICAL INFORMATION ABOUT YOU

Google Analytics - privacy policy.&nbsp;
Microsoft Clarity - privacy policy.&nbsp;
PayPal (if you paid on the website) - privacy policy.

Each of these companies have their own privacy policies and you are advised to read them. By continuing to use the Site, you hereby agree and consent to the above privacy policies and those of any other tools used on and in the Site.&nbsp;
6 INTERNATIONAL USERS
Our main office is in the state of Israel. If you use the Site outside of Israel, please note that your information will be saved, stored and processed in Israeli databases and will be governed by Israeli law. By using the Site you give your consent to the above and to any provisions under applicable data storage and usage laws in Israel.
7.&nbsp;&nbsp;INTERNATIONAL TRANSFER OF INFORMATION
Due to the fact that some of the services are provided by third parties (like Google Analytics) which are located in various locations worldwide, your information may be transferred to, and stored on, computers located at these other countries – outside of your country or legal jurisdiction (the “Transfer“). Additionally, the privacy laws of these countries may differ from those in your jurisdiction.&nbsp; By using our services and/or providing us with your personal information, you are giving us your consent to this Transfer.
&nbsp; 8.&nbsp;&nbsp;PROTECTION OF INFORMATION
Your personal information is protected in several ways. For example, your personal information is stored on secured servers of approved third party service providers, and only selected personnel have access to. Although we use industry standard security measures to protect your personal information so that it is not made available to unauthorized parties, we cannot guarantee that the information submitted to, maintained on, or transmitted from our systems will be completely secure and any information you provide is your sole responsibility and subject to this Policy and our TOU. If you are in doubt, please do not send us any information that you deem sensitive.
9. VIEWING AND UPDATING YOUR&nbsp;INFORMATION
Editing Your Information: You may request to view or delete any personally identifiable information that you have provided to us by sending us a request by email. Information needed for ongoing issues such as outstanding payments or legal proceedings will not be deleted until such issues have been resolved.&nbsp; When necessary, we may keep specific identifiable information for up to 7 years, in order to comply with the law, prevent fraud, assist with any investigation and enforce our Site TOU. We are not responsible for deleting or updating any information on third party sites.
10. COMMUNICATIONS AND PROMOTIONS
By signing up to our newsletter, you agree to receive emails with updates and promotional content related directly or indirectly to our services, including, for example, service suggestions and other news about products and services offered by us and our selected partners. You can opt-out of these communications at any time using the ‘unsubscribe’ link provided in them, or by contacting us by return email, after which we will no longer send you promotional emails. We may still send you non-commercial emails which are necessary in order to provide you with the services.
11. CHANGES TO THIS PRIVACY POLICY
This Policy may be changed occasionally. Any changes will be effective ten (10) calendar days after they were made (for existing users), or immediately for new users. Continued use of our Site following notice of such changes shall indicate your acknowledgement of such changes and agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of such changes.
12. ABUSE OF PRIVACY AND CONTACT INFORMATION
We take your privacy seriously. If you have any concerns, comments or questions, please let us know at: info [at] startuplawyer.co.il
Last Updated:&nbsp; [November 2024]

## Schedule a Consult
https://startuplawyer.co.il/schedule-a-consult/



## StartUps
https://startuplawyer.co.il/start-ups/

We provide comprehensive legal advice for startups and entrepreneurs from various fields, including SaaS, Market Places, E-commerce, Telecommunications, Media, Mobile, Cyber-security. We provide services to start-ups from the idea stage and the establishment of the company, through the capital raising process and day to day operational stage, and all the way up to the IPO, sale or merger of the company.We provide counsel to entrepreneurs on matters relating to incorporating, partnerships, commercial agreements, initial tax aspects, protecting their intellectual property, initial employment issues, due diligence, sale of digital assets (such as software, websites or social media accounts) and a wide range of additional startup related issues.Our services include agreements such as Founders’ Agreements, Shareholders Agreements, incorporation documents, Investment Agreements, SaaS agreements, Software development agreements, Service agreements, Privacy Policies, Terms of Use, Intellectual Property waivers, Separation agreements, Confidentiality agreements, Legal Opinions etc.Due to our vast experience, we not only provide legal advice for startups, but also act as your strategic advisors, helping you formulate a business and legal strategy which best fits your needs, whilst dealing with all matters – small or large – with the utmost care and diligence. Assaf, the managing partner, is a “Highly recommended” mentor on Startups.com and Clarity.fm and has not only accompanied thousands of startups, but also teaches "Startup 101" at the top universities and at leading companies.With our guidance, you can focus on your start-up with confidence, reassured that you have personal and professional guidance. Building a startup isn't easy, but so why not let us take some of the weight off your shoulders?Feel free to contact us.

## TERMS OF USE
https://startuplawyer.co.il/terms-of-use/

Welcome to Startuplawyer.co.il (the “Site” or “Website”). The Website is a copyrighted work belonging to Assaf Ben-David. (“us”, “our”, and “we”). Certain features of the Website may be subject to additional guidelines, terms, or rules, which will be posted on the Website in connection with such features. All such additional terms, guidelines, and rules are incorporated by reference into these Terms.These Terms of Use (“Terms”) set forth the legally binding terms and conditions that govern your use of the Site. By accessing or using the Site, you are accepting these Terms. you may not access or use the Site or accept the Terms if you are not at least 18 years old.  If you do not agree with all of the provisions of these Terms, Please do not access and/or use the Site. ANY PERSONAL INFORMATION SUBMITTED BY CHILDREN UNDER THE AGE OF 13 WILL NOT KNOWINGLY BE STORED BY US.1. Access to the Sitea. License. Subject to these Terms, we grant you a non-transferable, non-exclusive, revocable, limited license to use and access the Site solely for your own personal, noncommercial use.b.Open Source. Some components of the Site, or of the services and products provided by the Site, include components that are subject to an open source license. These components may include images, fonts, videos, functional code etc. The licenses are usually included in the files of the service or product provided to you. These components are licensed separately to the license provided in section ‎1a here above, and have their own conditions. By using the Site’s services, you agree to comply with the relevant open sources licenses that may apply.c. Certain Restrictions.The rights granted to you in these Terms are subject to the following restrictions: (a) you shall not license, sell, rent, lease, transfer, assign, distribute, host, or otherwise commercially exploit the Site, whether in whole or in part, or any content displayed on the Site; (b) you shall not modify, make derivative works of, disassemble, reverse compile or reverse engineer any part of the Site; (c) you shall not access the Site in order to build a similar or competitive website, product, or service; and (d) except as expressly stated herein, no part of the Site may be copied, reproduced, distributed, republished, downloaded, displayed, posted or transmitted in any form or by any means. Unless otherwise indicated, any future release, update, or other addition to functionality of the Site shall be subject to these Terms. All copyright and other proprietary notices on the Site must be retained and published on all copies made and/or displayed.d. Modification. We reserve the right, at any time, to modify, suspend, or discontinue the Site (in whole or in part) with or without notice to you. You agree that we will not be liable to you or to any third party for any modification, suspension, or discontinuation of the Site or any part thereof.e. No Support or Maintenance. Although we will try our best, there is always a possibility that some information you provide to us could get lost due to data corruption, hardware failure, network issues, problems with hosting and actions by third parties or other technical reasons. Similarly, it is possible that some of the services could become unavailable or slow at times. You agree not to hold us liable or responsible for any interruption of service or loss of data, and you acknowledge that we made you no guarantees about service availability or data durability.f. Ownership. You acknowledge that all the intellectual property rights, including copyrights, patents, trademarks, and trade secrets, in the Site and its content are owned by us. Neither these Terms (nor your access to the Site) transfers to you or any third party any rights, title or interest in or to such intellectual property rights, except for the limited access rights expressly mentioned in these Terms. We reserve all rights not granted in these Terms.2.User Contenta. “User Content” means all information and content that a user submits to, or uses with, the Site (for example, comments to articles, information sent through the contact form, guest posts, etc.). For the removal of doubt, User Content DOES NOT include confidential client-attorney information that you provide. You are solely responsible for your User Content. You assume all risks associated with use of your User Content, including any reliance on its accuracy, completeness or usefulness by others, or any disclosure of your User Content that personally identifies you or any third party. You hereby represent and warrant that your User Content does not violate our Acceptable Use Policy (here below), our Privacy Policy and/or the rest of these Terms. Because you alone are responsible for your User Content, you may expose yourself to liability if, for example, your User Content violates these Terms or other people’s copyrights. We are not obligated to backup any User Content, and your User Content may be deleted at any time without prior notice. You are solely responsible for creating and maintaining your own backup copies of your User Content if you desire. Our collection of the User Content is subject to our Privacy Policy.b. License to Company. You hereby grant (and you represent and warrant that you have the right to grant) to us, an irrevocable, nonexclusive, royalty-free and fully paid, worldwide license to publicly display, edit/modify, incorporate into other works, and otherwise use (including commercially) your User Content, and to grant sublicenses of the foregoing rights. You hereby irrevocably waive (and agree to cause to be waived) any claims and/or assertions of moral rights or attribution with respect to your User Content.c. Acceptable Use Policy. You agree not to: (i) upload, transmit, or distribute to or through the Site any computer viruses, worms, or any software intended to damage or alter a computer system or data; (ii) send through the Site unsolicited or unauthorized advertising, promotional materials, junk mail, spam, chain letters, pyramid schemes, or any other form of duplicative or unsolicited messages, whether commercial or otherwise; (iii)  use the Site to harvest, collect, gather or assemble information or data regarding other Users, including e-mail addresses, without the User’s consent; (iv) interfere with, disrupt, or create an undue burden on servers or networks connected to the Site, or violate the regulations, policies or procedures of such networks; (v) attempt to gain unauthorized access to the Site (or to other computer systems or networks connected to or used together with the Site), whether through password mining or any other means; (vi) harass or interfere with any other user’s use and enjoyment of the Site; or (vi) use software or automated agents or scripts to generate automated searches, requests, or queries to (or to strip, scrape, or mine data from) the Site (provided, however, that we conditionally grant to the operators of public search engines revocable permission to use spiders to copy materials from the Site for the sole purpose of and solely to the extent necessary for creating publicly available searchable indices of the materials, but not caches or archives of such materials, subject to the parameters set forth in our robots.txt file).d. Enforcement. We reserve the right (but have no obligation) to review any User Content, and to investigate and/or take appropriate action against you in our sole discretion if you violate the Acceptable Use Policy or any other provision of these Terms or otherwise create liability for us or any other person. Such action may include removing or modifying your User Content, blocking your access to the Site, and/or reporting you to law enforcement authorities.3. Indemnification.You agree to indemnify and hold us (and our officers, employees, and agents) harmless, including costs and attorneys’ fees, from any claim or demand made by any third party due to or arising out of (a) your use of the Site, (b) your violation of these Terms, (c) your violation of applicable laws or regulations or (d) your User Content. We reserve the right, at your expense, to assume the exclusive defense and control of any matter for which you are required to indemnify us, and you agree to cooperate with our defense of these claims. You agree not to settle any matter without the prior written consent of Company. We will use reasonable efforts to notify you of any such claim, action or proceeding upon becoming aware of it.4. Third-Party Links &amp; Ads; Other Usersa. Third-Party Links &amp; Ads. The Site may contain links to third-party websites and/or services (collectively, “Third-Party Links”). We provide access to these Third-Party Links only as a convenience to you, and do not review, approve, monitor, endorse, warrant, or make any representations with respect to these Third-Party Links. Your use of the Third-Party Links are at your own risk, and you should apply a suitable level of caution and discretion in doing so. When you click on any of the Third-Party Links, the applicable third party’s terms and policies apply, including the third party’s privacy and data gathering practices.b. Release. You hereby release and forever discharge us (and our officers, employees, agents, successors, and assigns) from, and hereby waive and relinquish, each and every past, present and future dispute, claim, controversy, demand, right, obligation, liability, action and cause of action of every kind and nature (including personal injuries, death, and property damage), that has arisen or arises directly or indirectly out of, or that relates directly or indirectly to, the Site (including any interactions with services and service providers from third parties via the Third-Party Links).5.DisclaimersThe information provided on the site is provided for general informational purposes only and should not be construed as legal advice and should not be relied upon as such. We will not accept any responsibility for any consequences whatsoever arising from your use of the information contained in this site.THE SITE IS PROVIDED ON AN “AS-IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE” BASIS, AND WE (INCLUDING ANY MANAGEMENT MEMBERS, BOARD MEMBERS, EMPLOYEES, SUPPLIERS AND ETC) EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ALL WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, QUIET ENJOYMENT, ACCURACY, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT.  WE (AND OUR SUPPLIERS) MAKE NO WARRANTY THAT THE SITE WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS, WILL BE AVAILABLE ON AN UNINTERRUPTED, TIMELY, SECURE, OR ERROR-FREE BASIS, OR WILL BE ACCURATE, RELIABLE, FREE OF VIRUSES OR OTHER HARMFUL CODE, COMPLETE, LEGAL, OR SAFE. IF APPLICABLE LAW REQUIRES ANY WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SITE, ALL SUCH WARRANTIES ARE LIMITED IN DURATION TO NINETY (90) DAYS FROM THE DATE OF FIRST USE. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS, SO THE ABOVE EXCLUSION/LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.6. Limitation of LiabilityTO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL WE (INCLUDING ANY MANAGEMENT MEMBERS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, SUPPLIERS, ETC) BE LIABLE TO YOU OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY LOST PROFITS, LOST DATA, COSTS OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE PRODUCTS, OR ANY INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, EXEMPLARY, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO THESE TERMS OR YOUR USE OF, OR INABILITY TO USE, THE SITE, EVEN IF WE (INCLUDING ANY MANAGEMENT MEMBERS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, SUPPLIERS, ETC ) HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. ACCESS TO, AND USE OF, THE SITE IS AT YOUR OWN DISCRETION AND RISK, AND YOU WILL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO YOUR DEVICE OR COMPUTER SYSTEM, OR LOSS OF DATA RESULTING THEREFROM.TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN, OUR LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ANY DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT (FOR ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER AND REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE ACTION), WILL AT ALL TIMES BE LIMITED TO A MAXIMUM OF FIFTY US DOLLARS (U.S. $50).THE EXISTENCE OF MORE THAN ONE CLAIM WILL NOT ENLARGE THIS LIMIT. YOU AGREE THAT OUR SUPPLIERS WILL HAVE NO LIABILITY OF ANY KIND ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION OF LIABILITY FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.7 Term and Termination. These Terms will remain in full force and effect while you use the Site. We may suspend or terminate your rights to use the Site at any time for any reason at our sole discretion. Upon termination of your rights under these Terms, your right to access and use the Site, or specific functions of its’ service, will terminate immediately. You understand that any termination of your use of the Site may involve deletion of your User Content from our databases. Company will not have any liability whatsoever to you for any termination of your rights under these Terms, including the deletion of your User Content. Even after your rights under these Terms are terminated, these Terms will remain in effect.8 Copyright Policy.We respect the intellectual property of others and ask that Users of the Site do the same. We have adopted a policy respecting copyright law that provides for the removal of any infringing materials. If you believe that anything of the Site is infringing the copyright(s) of a third party, and wish to have the allegedly infringing material removed, please send us the following information by email to: info [at] startuplawyer.co.ila. identification of the copyrighted work(s) that you claim to have been infringed;b. identification of the material on our services that you claim is infringing and that you request us to remove and sufficient information to permit us to locate such material (for example, a link to the relevant page and or a screenshot);c. Information reasonably sufficient to permit us to contact you, such as your address, telephone number, and e-mail address;d. a signed statement that you have a good faith belief that use of the objectionable material is not authorized by the copyright owner, its agent, or under the law; ande. A statement that the information in the notification is accurate, and under penalty of perjury, that you are either the owner of the copyright that has allegedly been infringed or that you are authorized to act on behalf of the copyright owner.Please note that any misrepresentation of material fact (falsities) in a written notification automatically subjects you to liability for any damages, costs and attorney’s fees incurred by us in connection with the written notification and allegation of copyright infringement.9.Generala. Changes. These Terms are subject to occasional revision. Any changes to these Terms will be effective ten (10) calendar days following the change (for existing users) and immediately for new users of our Site. Continued use of our Site following notice of such changes shall indicate your acknowledgement of such changes and agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of such changes.b. Governing Law and Jurisdiction. These Terms shall be governed by the law of the State of Israel exclusive of its choice of law rules. Your conduct may also be subject to other local, state, and national laws. Any action to be brought in connection with these Terms, the Services shall be brought exclusively in the court located in Herzliya, and you irrevocably consent to their jurisdiction. Any cause of action against us must be brought within 6 months of the date such cause of action arose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we may lodge a claim against you pursuant to the indemnity clause in these Terms, in any court adjudicating a third party claim against us.These Terms shall be governed without regard to the United Nations Convention on the International Sales of Goods. In any action to enforce these Terms, the prevailing party will be entitled to costs and attorneys’ fees.c. Electronic Communications. The communications between you and us may be through electronic means, whether you use the Site or send us emails, or whether we post notices on the Site or communicates with you via email. For contractual purposes, you (a) consent to receive communications from us in an electronic form; and (b) agree that all terms and conditions, agreements, notices, disclosures, and other communications that we provide to you electronically, satisfy any legal requirement that such communications would satisfy if it were be in a hardcopy writing. The foregoing does not affect your non-waivable rights.d. Entire Terms. These Terms constitute the entire agreement between you and us regarding the use of the Site. Our failure to exercise or enforce any right or provision of these Terms shall not operate as a waiver of such right or provision. The section titles in these Terms are for convenience only and have no legal or contractual effect. The word “including” means “including without limitation”. If any provision of these Terms is, for any reason, held to be invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of these Terms will be unimpaired and the invalid or unenforceable provision will be deemed modified so that it is valid and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law. Your relationship with us is that of an independent contractor, and neither party is an agent or partner of the other. These Terms, and your rights and obligations herein, may not be assigned, subcontracted, delegated, or otherwise transferred by you without our prior written consent, and any attempted assignment, subcontract, delegation, or transfer in violation of the foregoing will be null and void. We may freely assign these Terms. The terms and conditions set forth in these Terms shall be binding upon assignees.e. Copyright/Trademark Information. Copyright © 2019, Inc. All rights reserved. All trademarks, logos and service marks (“Marks”) displayed on the Site are our property or the property of other third parties. You are not permitted to use these Marks without our prior written consent or the consent of such third party which may own the Marks.f. Contact Information: info [at] startuplawyer.co.ilLast revised on: July, 2019

## Testimonials
https://startuplawyer.co.il/testimonials/

&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;				Rated 5 out of 5
					"He's really been incredible.
I highly recommend him"				
		https://youtube.com/embed/6Fa4Xy0HSjM?feature=share		
					Aaron Wolf				
					CEO of BidGemmer				
				&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;				Rated 5 out of 5
					"Assaf focuses on (giving) value rather than billable hours"				
		https://youtu.be/eweJhY_LyUw		
					Yaron Perlman				
					CEO of Aether Teams				
				&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;				Rated 5 out of 5
					"Assaf is really professional and really cares about his clients"				
		https://youtube.com/embed/J77WwKc7ywc?feature=share		
					Hadas Markovitz				
					Leadership Coach				
				&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;				Rated 5 out of 5
					"Assaf was always available  to help us"				
		https://youtu.be/694BFPyRVVg		
					Alisa Givertz				
					CEO Liquid 360				
				&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;				Rated 5 out of 5
					"Assaf always explains  everything patiently"				
		https://youtu.be/DNsaCFDuB4E		
					Hilla Srour				
					CEO of Stealth Startup				
				&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;				Rated 5 out of 5
					"Assaf is really professional and really cares about his clients"				
		https://youtu.be/s-5JzxpA2wU		
					Alon Moreshet				
					CEO of Guiderr				
				&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;				Rated 5 out of 5
					"I highly recommend working with Assaf"				
		https://youtu.be/6fdF5wi2Kkg		
					Yael Yanai				
					CEO of Tribe 9				
				&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;&#9733;				Rated 5 out of 5
					"Assaf gave me extremely powerful Business and Legal advice"				
		https://youtu.be/pgGDcXnp2d0		
					Bar Sosover				
					Customer Acquisition Director				
																														
						
		From the get-go, Assaf was very responsive, efficient, followed through with everything and is exceptionally reliable. Assaf is also friendly and caring. I was immensely impressed and beyond grateful. I was very relieved to finally have found a great lawyer! In summary: Assaf has a high level of professional integrity. I highly recommend him. I am sure his work will not only meet but exceed your desire expectations.		
					Aviva G (private person)				
																														
						
		Assaf's unique qualities were apparent from the first call, as was his professionalism and experience in High-Tech (and specifically in software development agreements). In addition to drafting contracts, Assaf gave us ongoing counsel and advice in regards to the way we work with our clients. During the entire time, Assaf was kind, communicative, fast (on delivery) and paid attention to even the smallest of details.		
					Adi Dardikman - Co-Founder at
				
		Softya Embedded [Software and Hardware development company]		
																														
						
		 I would like to thank and recommend Assaf. Assaf was always very professional, thorough and available when urgent things popped up. Assaf’s service exceeded all my expectations, including the various documents that he drafted for us (including a partner’s agreement, service agreements with our clients, licensing agreement, company registration and ongoing daily legal and business counsel)		
					Idan Adut, Founder &amp; CEO at				
		www.nixale.com		
																														
						
		Words can’t express how much your guidance has helped us – thank you very much! Thank you for your professionalism, caring and availability. You helped us by giving us the feeling that there is someone to trust. You saved us financially, and helped us deal with difficulties and challenges. Most of all, you have helped us fulfill our dream and for this we will be forever grateful.		
					Hadar Shabbat, CEO &amp; co-Founder, MdlBase
				
		MDL Base		
																														
						
		 I would recommend Att. Assaf Ben-David without a doubt. The work with him was very professional and exceeded all my expectations. The legal contracts were of the highest quality, and the day-to-day work with Assaf was flawless. He was always available and helped me with any struggles that I ran into while building my start-up. Assaf gave me valuable advice that was very useful along the complicated path of building a startup. 		
					Erez Simon - CEO &amp; Founder of
				
		Autonomit		
																														
						
		 I would recommend Att. Assaf Ben-David without a doubt. The work with him was very professional and exceeded all my expectations. The legal contracts were of the highest quality, and the day-to-day work with Assaf was flawless. He was always available and helped me with any struggles that I ran into while building my start-up. Assaf gave me valuable advice that was very useful along the complicated path of building a startup.		
					ADI RONEN - CEO &amp; Co-Founder of
				
		www.buywith.com

## Thank You
https://startuplawyer.co.il/thank-you/

Thanks for contacting us. We’re out saving the world (ok fine, we’re in a meeting or drafting an important document for a satisfied client) but anway, we promise to get back to you soon!If urgent, feel free to WhatsApp us

## Everything You Need to Know About Software Development Agreements
https://startuplawyer.co.il/everything-you-need-to-know-about-software-development-agreements/

What should a software development agreement include?A software development agreement should include: (1) a detailed scope of work describing features and deliverables; (2) a milestone-based payment schedule tying payments to completed phases; (3) an explicit IP ownership and assignment clause transferring all rights to the client; (4) open-source license compliance terms; (5) QA and testing responsibilities; (6) the number of permitted revision rounds per milestone; and (7) a dispute resolution clause specifying jurisdiction and process. Missing any of these elements exposes clients to lost IP, cost overruns, or unfinished projects.

What Is a Software Development Agreement?A software development agreement is a legally binding contract between a client and a software developer (or development company) that governs the creation of custom software, a web application, or a mobile app. It defines: scope of work, deliverables, milestone-based payment schedule, intellectual property ownership, open-source license compliance, QA and testing responsibilities, revision rounds, and dispute resolution procedures.Without this agreement, clients risk losing IP ownership, funds, or the ability to complete or commercialize their product.

Quick Summary: A software development agreement is a contract that defines the scope of work, payment terms, IP ownership, deliverables, and dispute resolution between a client and developer. Key protections include: tying payments to milestones, explicitly assigning IP rights in writing, limiting open-source code risks, and retaining a final payment until after a support period. Without this agreement, founders risk losing IP ownership, funds, or the ability to complete their project.

Hiring a developer to build your website, app, or custom software is an exciting step in launching or growing your startup. However, the process is filled with potential pitfalls that can lead to project delays, unexpected costs, or not owning the final product - issues which can all be avoided with a good software development agreement.

I’ve personally gone through this process and worked closely with numerous startup founders to help them develop and launch software and apps. Through this experience, I’ve learned just how easy it is for things to go wrong and what’s important to cover.

Below I’ll break down the key elements of a software development agreement to help you avoid common mistakes and minimize risk.

Here are some real-life examples of what can happen if you don’t have a good software development agreement:

 	A startup paid $20,000 for an app, only to realize months later that the intellectual property (“IP”) was never transferred to the founders/startup but instead stayed with the developer. Later, when the founder was trying to get an investment, he had to pay an extra $15K just to get ownership that was really his to begin with.
 	A team of developers was paid 70% of the project fee upfront but abandoned the project halfway through. The founders were left without the funds to complete the project elsewhere and with half-finished code that no one would touch.
 	A web app was delivered, but the first version wasn’t what the founders envisioned. Disputes arose over who should pay for further revisions and corrections. The disputes led to threats, and the project was never completed.

These situations aren’t rare, but they are preventable with the right contract and practical steps in place.
Why a Software Development Agreement is Important
A software development agreement isn’t just another document – it helps to manage expectations, protect your interests and guide both sides on how the process should work. The agreement covers numerous topics such as the scope of work, project timeline, payment terms, intellectual property ownership, use of open-code, quality assurance (QA), rounds of corrections and how disputes will be resolved.

Without a comprehensive agreement, even simple projects can spiral into costly, drawn-out problems.
When Should You Use a Software Development Agreement?
Both clients and developers benefit from having a software development agreement in place. Clients are protected against IP disputes, abandoned projects, and unauthorized use of open-source code. Developers gain clear payment terms, defined scope, and protection against unlimited revision requests — reducing scope-creep disputes. As mentioned, this aligns expectations, helps avoid misunderstandings and clarifies issues such as IP ownership and payments. Additionally, as developers, this makes you look more professional. That said, if the value of the project is lower than the cost of the contract (common contracts for startups and their costs), then it might be enough to sign a shorter order form that covers the main issues (some of which are mentioned here below).
Key Elements of a Software Development Agreement
1. Scope of Work and Project Description
It’s important to include a detailed description of the services and the project in the agreement. This usually appears as an annex (at the end). The more detailed the better because if later there’s any argument about what was supposed to be done - this section will help. It will also help with debates about IP ownership. If you don’t know all the details yet, add a description as best you can, and update the annex as things evolve (so long as both sides sign off on the updates).
2. Milestones, Deliverables, and Rounds of Corrections
Misunderstandings often arise when project milestones are vague. It is crucial that each stage or milestone is clearly defined. This includes:

 	What each milestone includes (e.g., working prototype, full-feature app – which features…).
 	The date of completion of each milestone/stage.
 	How many rounds of corrections / revisions are included for each stage. For example, two rounds per milestone and additional rounds are at an hourly fee of X.

QA and Testing: define who is responsible for quality assurance (QA)? How long the testing period lasts, and what happens if bugs are found.

3. Intellectual Property Ownership - Make Sure It’s Yours

One of the biggest mistakes founders make is assuming they automatically own the software their developer creates. In reality, ownership isn’t always transferred unless explicitly agreed upon.

What you need to include in the agreement:

 	Full Ownership: Make sure that there is a section that states that you own all the code, designs, updates, and modifications developed as part of the project. Be careful of exceptions.
 	Assignment of Rights: Developers must sign over and transfer any IP rights to the work, ensuring you’re the sole owner, and waive any moral rights. In some cases, the assignment might be connected to payment – which is something you need to review and be careful with.
 	Third-Party Code: If open-source or third-party libraries are used, the agreement needs to state that the licenses allow the commercial use and modification of that code.

4. Payment Terms and Milestone-Based Payment Structure for Software Projects
Paying developers upfront might feel like a goodwill gesture, but it can lead to major issues if the project stalls. As a developer you’ll want to get at least some of the payment upfront. To protect yourself:

 	Milestone Payments: Divide the project into phases (e.g., wireframes, beta version, final delivery) and tie payments to the successful completion of each phase, stage or milestone. It’s ok for developers to ask for a small down payment – not all clients are fair or honest and they too need to protect themselves. But this shouldn’t be more than 5%-15% (the more expensive the project, the lower the % and vice versa).
 	Retention of Final Payment: Hold back at least 20% of the total project fee until after a defined support period — typically at least 2–3 weeks for websites and 1–3 months for apps and custom software. This retention acts as a financial incentive for the developer to resolve post-launch bugs. After that period, agree in advance on a support fee.
 	Approval Process: Clearly state that milestone payments require your written approval of the deliverables after they’ve been checked.
 	A Copy of the Code: Always receive a copy of the code before or directly after making the last payment.

5. Open-Source Code and License Compliance
Developers often use open-source code to speed up development. While this is very common (it saves time and costs) - it has its’ risks if the right licenses aren’t used. To avoid mistakes, make sure that:

 	Relevant license: Any open-source code used has a license permitting commercial use and modification.
 	Clear Documentation: Require developers to list all open-source components and their licenses.
 	Limit: Where possible, limit the use of open-source code.

6. Third-Party IP Infringement and Developer Warranties
Your agreement should include warranties from the developer confirming that all materials used (code, images, and assets) are originally theirs or legally licensed to them or you for commercial use and that the materials don’t infringe on any third party’s (another person’s) rights – and that if any claims arise that they will indemnify you. As a programmer, you want to limit the indemnification.

7. Confidentiality and Non-Compete

Be sure to include sections that protect the confidentiality of your information and IP. Additionally, you’ll want to include a non-compete section - preventing the developer from directly competing with you (note that this is usually limited to a specific time frame because they will often work on similar projects for different clients).

8. Jurisdiction - Addressing Enforcement Challenges
Many startups hire developers from other countries, which can complicate dispute resolution. The software

development agreement should clearly define the jurisdiction and governing law in the event of a dispute.

It’s important to understand that enforcing a contract across borders can be complex and expensive. Consider adding a compulsory arbitration or mediation process and select the identity of the arbitrator or mediator in advance. If jurisdiction is an issue, consider using a trustee who holds the payments in case of a dispute.

Final Thoughts - a Strong Agreement is as Important as the Code Itself
The difference between a successful project and a failed one often isn’t in the quality of the code but in the strength of the software development agreement. Whether you’re hiring a solo freelancer or a large development house, having the right legal framework and a startup attorney to review the agreement can save you from costly mistakes.

If you need assistance drafting or reviewing a software development agreement, feel free to contact me.

## Everything You Need to Know About the Startup Advisor Agreement
https://startuplawyer.co.il/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-startup-advisor-agreement/

 Startup founders know that good advice can significantly increase the chances of success of their startup, and good advice comes from good advisors. Advisors can help you find design partners, get pilots, help create go to market strategies and prevent you from making a costly mistake. But if you don’t want the relationship to backfire and harm the startup, you must have a proper startup advisor agreement.Below I’ll explain why it’s important, break down the various sections, and talk about how much equity a startup advisor should get.What is a Startup Advisor Agreement and why is it important?A startup advisor agreement is a legal contract between a startup and an advisor outlining the main terms of the relationship. It defines the advisor’s responsibilities, compensation (often in equity), intellectual property (“IP”) ownership, non-compete and many other important aspects. By defining this, it creates clarity of expectations, protection of the founder’s equity and IP, and overall security.Without a written agreement, misunderstandings about any of the above may arise. For example, an advisor may assume they deserve more equity or influence than the founder originally intended, or worse: that the advisors’ contributions (IP) belong to him. When Would You Need a Startup Advisor Agreement?You might be tempted to keep things informal or ‘light’ in the early days, but if you want to protect your IP, your confidential information and other important aspects of the business, you should get an agreement in place as soon as you engage an advisor. Below are the main sections that must appear in the agreement. There are more sections, but these are the ‘must haves’: Defining the Services that the Advisor Will Provide In this section, you need to clearly outline what the advisor is expected to do. Will they provide guidance on fundraising? Help with product development? Or help with the go-to-market plan? Defining the scope avoids confusion and ensures the advisor delivers value in areas that matter. What to avoid: Vague or overly broad service descriptions. If the advisor’s role isn’t specific, expectations can become misaligned. This could lead to dissatisfaction or claims for more compensation.Time Commitment and AvailabilityClearly define how much time the advisor will be able to dedicate. Is it a few hours per month based on his/her availability or do you need them to commit to regular weekly meetings at specific times? Do you need them to come to certain types of meetings with you? Defining time commitments helps prevent misaligned expectations and helps clarify the reason for termination if they do not fulfill their obligations.What to avoid: Advisors often have other commitments. If the agreement is too vague, they might not prioritize your startup.Advisor’s CompensationClearly define what compensation the advisor will be getting. Usually, early-stage startups can’t afford to pay advisors in cash. Instead, advisors are offered options (to purchase shares/stock) or actual shares/equity in the company (or the future company to be established). Sometimes you can combine a reduced hourly rate with options or shares (obviously giving less options than you would have if you were only giving options). How Much Equity Should Advisor’s get?There isn’t only one right/wrong answer because the amount of equity depends on many variables. Nevertheless, the industry range (for early-stage startups) is about:0.25% – 0.5% options/equity for light involvement (a few hours a month) and small-medium value.0.5% – 1.5% options/equity: more hands-on engagement + more value to thr startup.1.5% – 3% options/equity: intensive ongoing involvement with strategic contributions and lots of value.For advisors who joined after seed stage, or at growth stage, the percentages are lower.Note 1: 3% is considered fairly high – but again, this depends on lots of different things: how much you need them, how much value they can provide, how well connected they are, how much time they’ll dedicate, how actively involved they will be etc. I for example (yes me), don’t usually join any startup advisory boards for less than 3% (but I admit that I am different and have my own reasons. I am also fully on board when I join). Note 2: make sure that the agreement states that any and all taxes that apply to the advisor are paid by the advisor.How Do I Allocate the Options / Shares (Vesting + Cliff)?The options or shares should never be given immediately or with the signing of the agreement, but rather over time and subject to the vesting schedule and a cliff mechanism. Here’s an explanation of these mechanisms:Vesting: vesting means that the options or shares are not given immediately but rather over time - usually 18 - 24 months, sometimes longer (should be at least 1 year), with a percentage of the options or shares released (given to the advisor) every quarter. This means that if the advisor is getting 2%, over a 2-year period, then every quarter he/she will get 0.25% (2% divided by 8 quarters).Cliff: the ‘cliff’ is a minimum period of time during which if the advisor leaves, he or she doesn’t get any compensation (usually referring to options or shares). The cliff is usually 6 months to a year. So, if an advisor has a 8 months cliff period, and they leave or get fired after 7 months, then even though they were supposed some of the options/shares (because at least one quarter has gone by), they won’t get anything. Note: some advisors might insist that if they get terminated (versus if they themselves quit) they still get some % despite the cliff.What to avoid: Using vesting is crucial! Without it, an advisor might potentially leave after just 1 month and still get a nice % of shares or options despite not fulfilling their obligations. Granting too much equity without milestones or vesting can dilute your cap table unnecessarily. Confidentiality, Non-Compete and IP RightsConfidentiality: Advisors will usually have access to sensitive information about your startup which is why your agreement needs to include Non-Disclosure sections to prevent them from sharing this information with others.Non-Compete: because the advisor has access to sensitive information and is often also exposed to the sensitive business decisions, you don’t want him or her using this information against you if/when they join a competing company. To prevent this, you need to include non-compete sections, limiting the advisor’s ability to join a competing business while working with you and for a certain period afterwards.  IP ownership: Lastly, and perhaps most importantly, even more than the compensation section, the agreement needs to clearly state that all the existing Intellectual Property (“IP”), AND the IP that the advisor was involved in creating, during the providing of his/her services (whether alone or with the founders), is owned and belonged by the startup (or the company) and NOT the advisor. This aspect is crucial.Termination ConditionsAdvisory relationships don’t always work out, so it’s important that you include clear termination terms to protect both sides. Common clauses include:Termination “Without Cause”: meaning that either side can end the agreement with 30 days' notice without having to give a reason.For Cause: Termination if the advisor breaches (doesn’t do what he/she is supposed to do) one of the sections which are defined as a material section or breaches any other section and doesn’t correct the breach confidentiality or fails to deliver as agreed. Ok, the Agreement is important. How Do I Draft a Startup Advisor Agreement?There are a few options. You can purchase a template or use Chat GPT (or any other AI tool) – but that’s not a great idea because it isn’t tailored to your specific needs and the various AI tools don’t know what questions to ask you (nor do you know what to ask it). Alternatively, you could use the FAST Agreement Template (Founder/Advisor Standard Template). It’s a recognized template that offers a straightforward framework for granting advisor equity based on the advisor’s level of involvement. I personally think that it’s not amazing and that ‘regular’ people (not crazy lawyers like me) won’t fully understand what it means (and signing something that you don’t know what it means is bad business).Bottom line, and not just because I’m a lawyer, the best option is to have a lawyer draft the agreement for you. The startup advisor agreement is not that expensive (compared to the costs of other agreements for startups) and a startup lawyer will help adjust the agreement to your needs and protect your interests.Feel free to contact us.

## 25 Crucial Questions for Co-Founders
https://startuplawyer.co.il/25-crucial-questions-for-co-founders/

25 Crucial Questions for Co-Founders

(Before Starting a Business or Creating a Founder’s Agreement)

If you're reading this, then you're probably looking for a co-founder, or found one and want to finalize his or her joining the startup. Before signing a co-founder agreement, every founding team should discuss three core areas: personal compatibility, business alignment, and legal terms. Skipping these conversations is one of the top reasons co-founder relationships fail. This guide provides 25 essential questions to ask a potential co-founder—organized into relationship, business, and legal sections—so you can identify red flags and build a strong partnership from day one.

That's exactly why I created this blog post. 

How to Use This Co-Founder Question Guide

In real life, you need to first get to know your potential co-founder, then talk about business aspects and then cover legal aspects. This document has the same flow: there are 3 sections:

Section 1: Getting to know your potential co-founder.

Section 2: Business Topics to discuss.

Section 3: Legal Topics to discuss.

Relationship Questions

When starting to work with a co-founder, it’s not only important to agree on the commercial/legal aspects, but equally important to make sure that you have a good personal connection. The below questions will help you with this.

Note: you don’t want to scare co-founders away, so don’t just send them a questionnaire. Instead, start by introducing yourself/the startup and sharing your vision. Then move on to the questions.

Why do you want to join this venture? Understanding a co-founder's motivation reveals long-term commitment and value alignment.

How do you prefer to communicate (email, WhatsApp, messages, Video-calls)? Also, do you prefer people who are direct or more formal/polite?

What is ‘superpower’? What is your Kryptonite? How do these affect the startup?

How do you handle conflicts and personal disagreements?

How are you at getting feedback? Co-founders who can't receive critical feedback create communication bottlenecks that slow decision-making.

Do you have any personal limitations that might prevent you from succeeding with the venture?

What is your decision-making style? Mismatched decision styles (consensus vs. top-down) are a leading cause of co-founder conflict.

What are your expectations from me? What advice can you give me for working with you?

What are your biggest fears or concerns about starting this venture or our work together?

What would you consider deal-breakers in this partnership? Surfacing non-negotiables early prevents costly legal and personal disputes later.

Business Questions

Questions ordered from the more general (‘light’ topics) to the more serious/important topics.

How much time each month will you be able to commit?[Note: this can - and should - change once you raise funding and have enough to pay salaries]

How do you see our roles in the business?[Titles + description of responsibilities]

How do you see us covering the startup’s expenses?[For example, are expenses split equally? Or according to the equity split: if it’s a 60%-40% split, then one founder would pay 60% of the expenses and the other 40%]

Who decides/approves expenses?[For example, you can agree that you both need to agree to any expense (in advance), or that each of you (on their own) can approve expenses of $300 (per expense) up to $2,000 in total per month and that anything above these amounts require mutual approval]

How will profits be reinvested or distributed among founders?[For example, some founders insist that all or most of the profits are re-invested in the business]

Management of the bank account: do both of you have access to the account? Can you both transfer money? If so, do you need two signatures for any transfer or only above certain amounts?[Consider that if one signature is enough, then a co-founder could potentially make many small payments which accumulate to a big payment.]

Are you aware that if we raise money from investors your shares will be diluted? [semi legal]. Important that founders make sure that this is understood and accepted by all. 

Legal Questions

Below are some (not all), of the legal issues that you need to cover. Some of them are not easy to understand if you don’t have some legal/startup background. I’ve tried to add simple explanations, but don’t feel bad if some things are still not 100% clear - that is why you should have a startup lawyer help you avoid making critical mistakes. I have another blog post about "Everything you need to know about a founder’s agreement" which can help deepen your understanding. 

How should the company’s equity (shares) be divided among the founders?[Equity division usually, but not always, determines control of the company/startup, the division of profits and other aspects. Founders must decide if equity will be split equally or based on contributions such as time, money, expertise etc. This decision sets expectations for fairness and commitment. Don’t forget to leave about 20% for the equity pool (for future employees). Although it is common to think that a 50%-50% split with two founders is the best way to go - it’s usually the worst. If there’s no choice, make sure that your lawyer - me of course 😊 - adds a third-party tie-breaker mechanism]This article may help better understand this topic (it's focused more on existing startups but still): How Much Equity Should a New Founder Get?

How long is the vesting period?[It’s a little complicated, but the simple explanation is that the shares/percentages aren’t given to the founders immediately, but over a certain period of time - usually between 3 or 4 years, a little bit each time each quarter of a year. A vesting schedule incentives long-term commitment and prevents founders from leaving with a large chunk of shares after a short period of time.]

How long is the ‘cliff’ period?[A cliff period is kind of like a ‘trial period’ and is usually 1 year but can be anything from 6 months to 16 months – depending on the circumstances. If a founder leaves before the cliff period ends, they don’t receive any equity - protecting the company from early departures]

Appointment of Directors: who will be a director in the company?[All founders are shareholders, and usually (but not always) also directors. Most of the material decisions for the company are made by the Board of Directors (BOD). At the beginning, each co-founder appoints themselves as director, and when investors get involved, they too appoint directors.]

How will decisions be made by the BOD?Will they be made by a simple majority (2 directors against 1) or are there some issues that require 100% consensus (meaning that all directors vote yes/no on the decision). This is something that your lawyer will guide you on, but you should just be aware of it.

What is the mechanism for handling disputes?[Do the founders go straight to court or are they obligated to first have mediation or arbitration?]

What is the mechanism for firing a founder?[There are a few options here and your lawyer needs to explain them. One option is that the majority of founders can fire/terminate a founder for any reason. Another option is that a founder can be fired only for a closed list of reasons/situations.]

Assigning Intellectual Property.[All the founders need to know that any IP that they create will be assigned and belong to the startup or future company]

Final words: The founder’s agreement should contain many other topics, such as confidentiality, non-compete, non-solicitation, founder-loans, buyout mechanisms and much more – but these are all topics that your lawyer should guide you on.

I'm often asked if founders can draft the agreement themselves. The answer is yes. But that’s not the question. The question is “should they?” and here my answer is “No!”. The founder’s agreement is a very important agreement, and you should not do it yourself.

If you’re not sure, feel free to contact us and we’ll be happy to help.

## When should I register a Company (as a startup founder)?
https://startuplawyer.co.il/when-should-i-register-a-company/

As a startup founder, deciding when to register a company isn’t always clear. Below, we’ll look at the advantages and disadvantages to help you decide.
* Disclaimer: Although the below guidance applies to many (maybe even most countries) it’s important to note that different countries have different laws, requirements and costs - so you should always check the specifics in your own location.
TLDR: considering 1 or 2 (relatively small) disadvantages, like costs, it is generally recommended to register your company as early as possible. That said, if you are only at ideation stage (thinking of idea) or research stage (researching the market), then that’s too early. If you’re actually starting to build something and assuming you have co-founders, then it’s time to consider incorporating.

Advantages of Registering a Company Early?

If you’re in the early days of building your startup, you might wonder why you should even consider registering a company now. And you’re right. If you’re only thinking about ideas, or doing basic market research, then you probably don’t need to. But if you’re assembled a team and are actually working on creating something, or even about to start a pilot (evaluation) or raise money, then incorporating is something that you should be looking into.  
Here are the benefits that come with making it official early on.

 Intellectual Property Ownership

Intellectual property (“IP”) is creations like inventions, designs, brand names, logos, software, and artistic works, that can be legally owned and protected. Basically, this is anything original that you create. In the context of startups, it’s your business or marketing plan, your customer lists and perhaps most importantly the code of your website, mobile app or software.
For most startups, especially in fields like tech, your IP is the most important asset. If you’re developing IP before formally registering a company, then you (personally) own that IP as an individual.
Now imagine that you have a CTO who worked on the code, but after 4 months left the startup. Unless you have an IP transfer agreement, or a founder’s agreement, in which it says that any IP created belongs to the startup or company, then that IP will belong to him and you’ll have to start from scratch.
Usually registering a company goes along with a founder’s or shareholder’s agreement which protects the IP under the company.
 

 Avoid Tax Events When Transferring Intellectual Property

Two important background notes to help you understand this next part: (a) a company is a separate legal entity to the entrepreneurs. This means that the company can make decisions, take out loans, enter agreements and get sued. (b) When you get a salary or something of financial value, the government taxes you. The same with companies. When a company gets money or something of value, it needs to pay tax on it.
As mentioned above, if you develop the IP before formally registering a company, you technically hold that IP as an individual. After incorporating (as a company) when you want to transfer that IP to the company (because no investors will invest if not), and assuming that IP is worth something, then the company may be taxed because it has received something of value.
It may not be taxed that same moment, but when you eventually sell the company or get large investments, the tax authorities will check and they’ll go all the way back to the transfer date.
Conclusion: all assets / IP should be developed after registering a company (or as close as possible) -in which case the IP would belong to the company. on would directly belong to the company.
 

 Avoid Personal Liability

Until you register a company, you are operating as an individual. This means that any liabilities, debts, or lawsuits are your personal responsibility, putting your personal assets at risk. One of the biggest advantages of forming a company is the limited liability protection it offers. When you register a company, your personal assets - like your home or savings- are typically shielded from business-related claims, reducing your risk exposure significantly. This legal protection can be invaluable, especially if your business involves financial risk or legal complexities.
It’s important to note that the above protection does not apply to the following legal setups: Sole Proprietorship, General Partnership and Limited Partnership (for the non-limited partners).
 

 Investors Prefer to Invest in a Company, Not an Individual

When it comes to securing outside funding, one of the first questions investors ask is whether you’re operating as a registered company. Most investors won’t invest directly in a person - they want to fund a company that has a formal structure, accountability, and legal protections. This isn’t a major issue (as it only takes a relatively short will to register a company) but just something to consider.
 

 It Adds Credibility

Being officially registered can add an immediate boost to your credibility. You’re no longer just someone with an idea - you’re a legitimate business owner. For clients, vendors, and potential partners, this signals that you’re committed to the startup, and not just testing the waters. Registration also makes it easier to set up a business bank account.
 
Disadvantages of Registering a Company (if done too soon)
The only downside of registering too early are the related costs / expenses:

Registration + yearly fee: when registering you need to pay a registration fee. You then need to pay a yearly fee (each and every year). In the US the registration fee is a couple of hundred Dollars. In Israel it’s about 2,700 NIS and the yearly fee is about 1,600 NIS.
Startup Lawyer costs: although in most countries you could do the registration yourself (often online), this is often a mistake as the importance is in the small details which can have a big effect later on (with tax or legal aspects). That is why it is advised to use an attorney. The cost in the US ranges between $1,000 - $3,000. In Israel: between 2,000 - 3,500 NIS (not including the document for opening a bank account).
Ongoing Accounting and Reporting Costs: Once registered, a company needs to comply with yearly accounting, tax filings, and reporting obligations. This means you’ll likely need an accountant. These costs are often more than the registration costs: In the US: about $500 a month + $2500 for the yearly tax report. In Israel about 200 NIS per month + about 5,000 – 9,000 for the yearly report.

If you’re not yet generating revenue, these expenses could weigh heavily on your budget.

Dissolution Costs if the Startup Doesn’t Work Out: if things don’t go as planned, shutting down a company is more complicated and costly than simply stopping an unregistered business. In many countries, there are specific legal steps and fees involved in dissolving a registered company, which can make an already challenging decision even harder. For some founders, this potential cost might be a reason to delay registration until there’s more certainty (also called market validation). Costs of company dissolution in the US: $1,000 to $5,000. In Israel: 2,500 - 5,000 NIS.

 
So, When Should I Register a Company?
The answer largely depends on where you are with your business:

You’ve begun developing IP (usually code/software) + you’re not alone = register.
Some market validation + You’re looking for investments = get ready to register.
Onboarding clients or partners + any risk that they might sue you or you might cause them damages = register.
Potential liability due to your product or service = register.
Idea stage OR early market research = wait.

Bottom line: the question “when should I register a company” is a strategic choice that depends on your business model, funding needs, and the level of risk you’re willing to take.

Feel free to contact us and we’ll be happy to help.

## Template or Lawyer? Costs? When to establish a company?
https://startuplawyer.co.il/legal-templates-for-startups/

Legal Template vs. Lawyer for Startup Documents: Costs, Quality, and When to Incorporate

Static Legal TemplateA fixed, pre-written document (e.g., downloaded from a free website) that does not adapt to your specific business. Lowest cost; lowest legal protection.Dynamic Document GeneratorAn online tool that asks you questions and produces a semi-customized document. Examples include Termly, iubenda, and similar SaaS platforms. Medium cost (subscription); reasonable but not comprehensive legal coverage.Lawyer-Drafted DocumentA document created by a licensed attorney (ideally a startup specialist) after interviewing the founders. Highest cost; highest legal coverage and jurisdiction-specific accuracy.

Quick Answer (TL;DR):Best quality: Hire a startup lawyer for tailored Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.Budget option: Use a dynamic (question-based) legal document generator — not a static free template.Cost range: 0–,500+ per document (Israel); double for US lawyers.Incorporate before beta: Establish your company before launching beta testing to protect IP and limit personal liability.IP risk: Without a founders' agreement, IP belongs to whoever built it — not the company.

Question answered: October 2024 | Topic: Startup legal documents, incorporation timing, Terms of Use, Privacy Policy

We developed a B2C dating app and we want to do closed beta testing with some initial users. Before doing so, I first want to understand if it's okay to use Terms of Use and Privacy Policy documents that I took from a legal document generator website (or any other legal template for that matter), or if it's better to use a lawyer? I'd also like to know the costs of these documents.

Background: we haven't incorporated as a company yet, we're private individuals and we did the development ourselves. In the first stage, users won't pay, and we don't have any income.

Thanks in advance!

Answers:

Generated Documents vs. Purchased Legal Templates vs. Using a Lawyer: Which Is Best?

Using a lawyer: Generally, Terms of Use, Privacy Policies and legal templates which are drafted by a lawyer (and assuming he or she specialize in that field) will be a lot more tailored to your specific needs. A professional lawyer will first meet with you and ask you about you, the team, the target audience and the venture and then adapt the documents based on the information you provide.

Legal Templates: The worst option is to use a template that you found somewhere or downloaded from a website that doesn’t frequently update them. The reason being that it is not tailored to your needs, it may no longer be up to date and you won’t know what to change.

Generated documents: the quality of the template documents from document generating websites depends on the website. Some websites provide a 'dry' template - meaning you get a set/fixed document that doesn't change (except for maybe your company name and email). In this case, the document will be very basic, and you shouldn't expect a very high level of legal coverage.

On other websites (dynamic document generators), on which you’re asked various questions before it generates the document, you will get a more customized version. In this case, the documents are relatively reasonable in their legal coverage - although even then, don't expect them to give you 100% protection or even 95% because they’re still machine-generated and don’t always ‘know’ what to ask you.

Additionally, the higher-quality document generating websites usually require a monthly payment for use of the legal templates, which creates dependency on that website. So even though it may seem cheaper than a lawyer at first, overtime it might work out the same, if not more. That said, the advantage of using (good) websites with dynamic documents is that they sometimes update their templates when a laws changes, and then you should be able to get an updated version without paying for changes. Bottom line: if you’re testing the app with just a few (not more), and assuming you establish a company (to give you more protection), then most entrepreneurs will make do with the dynamic template version as a start, and once you see that the startup has potential, then you go to a startup lawyer [As a lawyer I can't and don’t recommend doing this as a lawyer is always preferable, but if you don't have the money, it's better than nothing]

How Much Do Startup Legal Documents Cost? (Terms of Use &amp; Privacy Policy)

Asking how much for a document is a bit like asking how much a car costs. 😊 The answer depends on the type of startup, the industry, the country you’re focusing on, the information you collect, the features of the app, whether it's a large law firm or a private lawyer, the location of the lawyer and many other criteria. But just to give you a ballpark figure: IF the lawyer is in Israel, then it’s between $800 (considered very low) to about $2,500 + VAT for each document, but can also go up to $3k or $4k at large firms or if the venture is complex. Here are estimated prices for other documents that startups need. For US lawyers, double the amounts.

When Should a Startup Establish a Company (Incorporate)?

Based on what you described in your question - meaning that there are a few co-founders, you've already created an initial version (meaning that you have intellectual property - IP) and that you want to do a pilot (beta testing), it would have been better if you had already established a company. Establishing the company helps with protecting the IP (meaning the IP belongs to the company and not the entrepreneurs), can reduce unnecessary tax costs when transferring IP, and perhaps most importantly: protects you from personal liability. Therefore, it's important to establish the company before launching the beta testing. The only consideration I can think of for waiting another two months is that if you establish now (October) you'll pay registration fees and need to file reports for both 2024 and 2025, but I don't think this consideration justifies the risks of waiting.

Who Owns the Intellectual Property Before a Company Is Incorporated?

You also need to consider the intellectual property aspect. As long as you haven't signed a founders' agreement, the intellectual property belongs to whoever developed it, and not to the company or all entrepreneurs. This is an important point to consider if you haven't arranged it.

Need help with Terms of Use or Privacy Policy? Looking for a lawyer for your startup? Feel free to contact us. And good luck! 😊

## 10 Best Startup Lawyers in Israel
https://startuplawyer.co.il/10-best-startup-lawyers-in-israel/

Quick Answer: The best startup lawyers in Israel for 2025 are: H‑F &amp; Co. (boutique tech focus), Assaf Ben David Law Firm (top choice for early-stage startups with fair prices and excellent service),&nbsp;FWMK Law Offices (VC and high-tech), Shaked &amp; Co. (IP and patent monetization), and large firms like Meitar, Gornitzky, Herzog Fox &amp; Ne'eman, and Fischer Behar for full-service needs. Scroll down for the full ranked list with details on each firm.

Building a startup is hard, with about 90% of startups failing. With things being hard already, it’s even more important to make sure that you’re accompanied by the best startup lawyer in Israel. Someone who understands business, tech and law. To help you make the right decision, we’ve provided a list of Israel’s top independent lawyers and boutique law firms offering commercial, startup and high-tech legal services.

&nbsp;

Why Selecting the Right Startup Lawyer in Israel Is So Important

Tailored commercial agreements: Negotiating distribution, licensing, SaaS, AI based tech and IP contracts requires specific experience and insight and not any lawyer can do this without missing crucial aspects.

Founder-level support: Experienced lawyers - especially those who have built startups themselves, can help you navigate the process (and negotiations) a lot better, not only offering legal support, but business support as well.

Pricing &amp; Personal Service: Boutique vs Big Firms: independent lawyers and Boutique law firms usually offer (a) more flexible pricing (flat fees or ranged prices), (b) lower fees, (c) direct access to senior &amp; experienced counsel, (d) faster response times, and (e) a partner-level relationship tailored to your business journey.

Large firms often use hourly billing, higher fees, and although officially connected to a senior partner, most of the work itself will be done by junior lawyers. On the other hand, they offer one-stop shop which may be an advantage to large companies with international reach.

&nbsp;

The Top 10 Startup Lawyers and Boutique Law Firms in Israel (2025)

&nbsp;

Arnon, Tadmor‑Levy - a large full-service law firm known for its work with high-tech startups and global tech companies. The firm advises on financing, M&amp;A, IP, regulation, and commercial matters, including cross-border transactions. The firms offers a mix of sector focus and broad legal coverage.

Assaf Ben David Law Firm — Highly recognized for expertise in commercial agreements, high-tech, early-stage startups, and AI legal services in Israel. Assaf Ben David is one of the leading startup and high-tech attorneys in Israel. Praised for his excellent client service, expertise and fair pricing. Additionally, Assaf has built a few startups himself, giving him hands on experience. Assaf is also an award winning lecturer and teaches entrepreneurship and Business Negotiations at numerous universities and organizations. 

H‑F &amp; Co. (Hirsch‑Falk, Gillat, Oren &amp; Co.) - A boutique Tel Aviv firm focused exclusively on tech, representing clients from early-stage startups to global tech companies. H-F &amp; Co specialize in M&amp;A, financings, licensing, IP, cybersecurity, data protection, corporate, tax, and employment law.

FWMK Law Offices - A mid-sized Tel Aviv-based firm with rankings in the field of high-tech, venture capital, M&amp;A, and commercial law. Known for cross-departmental collaboration and tailored legal strategies for startups, VCs, and tech-driven clients.

Shaked &amp; Co. (Lillian Safran Shaked) – a boutique firm located in Tel-Aviv, offering IP and corporate deal experience, private and venture capital financing, with global reach and a reputation for bridging tech and patent monetization.

Fischer Behar (FBC &amp; Co.) - A full-service large Tel Aviv firm. Ranked by Chambers and Legal 500 for areas like corporate, capital markets, fintech, and startup support. Actively advise in fields such as incorporation, IP commercialization, and cross-border transactions.

Gornitzky &amp; Co. - Large law firm based in Tel Aviv, specializing in technology, life sciences, commercial transactions, and fintech. They represent both established companies and startups with cross-border corporate needs. One-stop-shop approach, delivering integrated legal solutions across areas like M&amp;A, IP, regulatory compliance, data protection, and venture capital.

Goldfarb Gross Seligman - one of Israel’s largest law firms, providing legal services across a broad range of practice areas including: corporate law, capital markets, M&amp;A, litigation, real estate, taxation, high-tech, and infrastructure. It advises both Israeli and international clients on transactional, regulatory, and dispute-related matters. The firm works with clients from various sectors, including finance, industry, and technology.

Herzog, Fox &amp; Ne’eman - A large full-service commercial law firm based in Tel Aviv. Recognized for their work in high‑tech, M&amp;A, fintech, energy and regulatory compliance. HFN serves startups, public companies, and financial institutions - combining global reach with robust local market expertise.

Meitar - one of Israel’s largest law firms. Meitar advises on corporate, M&amp;A, capital markets, finance, tax, real estate, tech, and regulatory matters. The firm also handles complex litigation, including commercial, class actions, and international arbitration. Meitar works with large Israeli and global clients across various sectors.

&nbsp;

How the list was compiled: &nbsp;The list was compiled based on publicly available information, including legal industry rankings, and recognition from reputable sources such as (but not only) Chambers Global, Legal 500, Dun’s 100, IFLR1000 and other available online reviews - including from clients. Firms and individuals were selected for their expertise in commercial law, startup and high-tech transactions, venture capital, and cross-border legal work. Emphasis was placed on those offering founder-friendly services, hands-on involvement from senior counsel, and experience working with both early-stage startups and growth-stage tech companies. The goal was to highlight firms that combine legal excellence with practical business insight and personal service in Israel’s competitive startup ecosystem.

&nbsp;

Important: Choosing the right startup lawyer means more than just ticking legal boxes. You deserve someone who’s been in founders’ shoes, understands startups, tech and business, negotiates with finesse, and values you as a partner - not just a client.

Feel free to contact us for legal assistance.

## How to Find a Startup Lawyer: A Practical Guide
https://startuplawyer.co.il/how-to-find-a-startup-lawyer-a-practical-guide/

Starting a company is hard enough without worrying about the legal stuff. Whether it’s setting up your business, signing contracts, or protecting your ideas, having a lawyer who knows the startup world can make a huge difference. But finding the right one isn’t as simple as just Googling "lawyers near me." Startups have unique legal needs, and the right lawyer will help you avoid rookie mistakes, save money, and protect your business as it grows.
So even though it feels obvious, here’s a quick guide on How to Find a Startup Lawyer:
1. Look for a Lawyer Who Knows Startups Inside and Out
Not every lawyer understands the crazy ride that is startup life. You’re moving fast, often with limited funding, and you need practical advice, not complicated legal memorandums. A lawyer who mostly works with big corporations might not be the best fit for you. Instead, look for someone who has experience working with startups, and if possible, with startups that are at least similar in concept to the field in which your startup is. They’ll know what you’re dealing with, whether it’s figuring out how to split equity, Intellectual Property Waivers, evaluation (Pilot) agreements, sales of digital assets, or drafting a founders' agreement.
Questions to ask a potential lawyer:

Do you specialize in startups?
What type of startups do you work with?

A good startup lawyer will easily be able to answer these questions.
2. Find Someone Who Understands Your Industry
Every industry has its own set of legal issues. For example, if you’re launching SaaS (Software as a Service), you’ll need a lawyer who knows software licensing. If you’re in the medical field, regulatory hurdles and patents will be a big part of your legal landscape.
Having a lawyer who’s already familiar with your industry will save you time (and possibly a lot of headaches). They’ll already know the common traps and can give you tailored advice that’s specific to your business.
3. Ask the Right Questions in Your Initial Meeting
“Wait what, initial meeting?” Yes, we know that many lawyers - especially in the U.S. - charge for every minute, every email, every “hello”, but many startup lawyers, including yours truly, will not charge for an introduction meeting. But be fair: the purpose of this meeting is to briefly tell about yourself and your startup, and to get to know a bit about the lawyer. It is not an opportunity to get all your legal questions answered (if that’s what you need, book a paid consultation). 
Anyway, once you’ve got a shortlist of potential lawyers, it’s time to meet them. Treat this like a combination between a date (in search of a best friend) and a job interview. A job interview because you’re hiring them, and a date, because you’re going to be spending a lot of time with them, so make sure you at least enjoy their company. Don’t be rude and ask 50 questions but do feel free to ask a few of the important ones. Here’s a few examples:

What experience do you have with startups like mine?
What is your availability?
What do you think are the top legal priorities for my business?
How do you typically charge startups? (see next point for more on this)
Is there anything else important that I should know?

A lawyer with startup experience will know your priorities: protecting your business, raising money, and keeping costs down.
4. Understand Their Fee Structure
An important part of knowing how to find a startup lawyer is knowing how much you can or can’t afford.  Let’s face it: startups don’t always have a ton of cash lying around for legal fees. The good news? Many lawyers who specialize in startups understand this and the good ones will help you understand what you really need (now) and what legal issues can be dealt with later.
A good rule of thumb to know if the lawyer really cares about your needs is if he tells you that you don't need to do everything here and now. A lawyer who is trying to sell will scare you into thinking that you need everything done now! A lawyer who works with startups knows that many don't have the budget to do that, and if they care about you, they will help you prioritize what is needed urgently, and what can wait. 
Back to fee structures: most lawyers in the U.S. charge an hourly rate, and as mentioned, this includes every single minute - from the “hello”. Others charge a flat or fixed fee for specific tasks (like incorporating your company or drafting a founders' agreement). In some of the larger firms, especially in Israel, you might hear of the deferred payment option - meaning you don’t pay until you raise X amount of funding or reach Y profits. Some might even agree to take a small amount of equity in exchange for their services.
Each of the above methods has its’ advantages and disadvantages. The hourly rate option being the least good for you, and fixed prices being best because they offer certainty. If you take the deferred payment option, just make sure it is clear when and how much you’ll eventually need to pay.
5. Make Sure They’re a Good Fit for the Long Haul
When you find a lawyer for your startup, you’re not just hiring them for a one-off task. As your business grows, you’ll need ongoing legal support - whether it’s bringing on employees, negotiating partnerships, or maybe even prepping for an acquisition. That’s why it’s so important to find a lawyer you trust and feel comfortable working with for the long term.
Ask yourself:

Do they communicate clearly? Are they nice to talk with?
Are they responsive when I have questions?
Do they seem genuinely interested in my business?

A good startup lawyer will not only handle your legal needs but will also act as a trusted advisor, helping you make smarter business decisions as you scale.
6. Look for Responsiveness and Availability

When you’re building a startup, speed matters. You need a lawyer who’s quick to respond to your emails, calls, or texts. Whether you’re negotiating a critical contract or closing a round of funding, delays can cost you. During your initial conversations, pay attention to how responsive they are. Are they quick to reply? Do they have a fair level of availability? (this doesn’t mean they’ll drop everything for you, and it doesn’t mean that their calendar is completely available – that’s a bad sign, but if you get the feeling that you’ll being talking to their secretary more than them, they might not be the best fit.)
7. Read Testimonials and Ask for References
One of the best ways to know if a lawyer is a good fit is by hearing from other clients. Testimonials and references are great ways to get a sense of how a lawyer works in practice. Check out reviews on their website (preferably videos and not text - which can be manipulated) or ask if they can provide references from other startups they’ve helped (this isn't always possible because of confidentiality, but you can try).
Look for feedback on things like:

How easy they are to work with.
Whether they offered practical advice.
If they were proactive in spotting potential problems.

This will give you a clearer picture of what it’s like to work with them day to day.
8. Large firm or private practice?
Each have their advantages, but we’re biased towards private practices. But we’ll try be objective: big firms can offer you 360 support, with various departments that can answer a wide variety of legal questions. That said, and even if you do meet with a partner, the person actually doing most of the work will usually be a junior lawyer, over-worked, underpaid and often under-experienced. Additionally, you’ll be paying extremely expensive hourly rates - for everything (I’ve even heard of a story in which the client was charged for the time it took the lawyer to respond to the client’s email in which the client was asking why the bill is so high…😊). On the other hand, with private practices the prices are usually better, the attention is more personal, and you get what you see - meaning the lawyer you meet with, will usually be the lawyer doing all the work for you. So, you’re getting personal attention, from an experienced attorney at more decent prices. The only downside might be IF you grow fast, they may not be able to support some of your needs.
Conclusion on How to Find a Startup Lawyer: 
Finding the right startup lawyer isn’t just about qualifications - it’s about finding someone who understands the challenges of startup life, is business savvy and cares about your needs.

## Everything You Need to Know About Digital Asset Purchase Agreements
https://startuplawyer.co.il/everything-you-need-to-know-about-digital-asset-purchase-agreements/

What is a Digital Asset Purchase Agreement?A digital asset purchase agreement is a legally binding contract used to govern the sale and transfer of online assets — including websites, mobile apps, social media accounts, Amazon seller accounts, YouTube channels, and domain names — from a seller to a buyer. It specifies what assets are included, the purchase price, representations and warranties, transfer procedures, non-compete obligations, and governing law.Who needs one? Any individual or business buying or selling an online asset should use a digital asset purchase agreement to protect both parties and reduce dispute risk.

Over the last 10 years, the sale of digital assets — such as websites, mobile applications, YouTube channels, and social media accounts — has skyrocketed, driving widespread use of digital asset purchase agreements. A digital asset purchase agreement is a legally binding contract that governs the sale and transfer of online assets between a buyer and a seller. The main reason being the understanding that online commerce is the future (or should I say the present), which in turn has led to a huge increase in the number of these assets and their sale.

As for the companies or people who were delaying the creation of an digital assets, Covid-19 came along and made the decision for them, resulting in millions more businesses going online.

But despite the increase in the sales of digital assets, most people (including many lawyers) don’t fully know how to go about selling or purchasing an online asset and how to properly draft digital asset purchase agreements - both from a legal and business/technical point. The main reason being that the purchase or sale of digital assets differs in many aspects to the purchase of a physical shop or classic business (like a pizzeria).

In the below mini-article I’ll cover the main aspects that should be covered in digital asset purchase agreements - also known as a “Purchase Agreement of Online Assets” or “buying a website agreement”.

TLTR: the main aspects that you should have in digital asset purchase agreements are: a clear definition of the assets, representations and warrants from each side – but mainly the seller (also sometimes called assurances which basically say: I promise everything is ok with what I’m selling to you), details of the actual transaction / transfer, the compensation (the fees to be paid), liabilities &amp; obligations, training and support, non-compete, Taxes and all the other general sections such as the governing law (which laws will apply).

So, what’s important to include in the Agreement?

* I’ve reviewed the various aspects that need to be covered in digital asset purchase agreements in the order that they usually appear, not necessarily the order of importance – yup, you got to read till the end…

Definitions

Many agreements, although not all, start with definitions. Others add the definitions throughout the agreement, the first time the relevant item/action is mentioned. For example, specifically in an online asset purchase agreement, you might see a definition of the Asset (which would include a list of everything being sold). Definitions can be seen by the use of a capital letter and are often marked in bold (the first time they appear). For example, when I talk about this article, if I do this (the “Article”), then every time I write Article (with a capital A), you will know I’m talking about this specific article.

Representations and Warranties

Representations and warranties are legally binding statements made by each party that describe the current condition, ownership status, and accuracy of information related to the digital asset being sold. If a representation proves false, the injured party typically has grounds for rescission or damages.

For example, the seller will need to state/’promise’ things like the fact s/he is the legal owner of the asset and that they have the right to sell it. Or that the business information given to the buyer was accurate.

The buyer needs to state that he has the ability to fulfill his obligations according to the agreement, for example, that he or she has the necessary funds and approval to complete the purchase. Or that they have done the necessary due diligence (the process of checking everything - usually the legal aspects, but not only) and that they are satisfied with the condition and status of the assets.

Both sides need to state that they are currently, and will continue to, comply with all applicable laws and regulations concerning the assets and/or the purchase.

Definition of the Assets

One of the most important sections in any digital asset purchase agreement — for both parties, but especially the buyer — is the asset definition clause, which specifies exactly what is and is not included in the sale. Otherwise, you (the buyer) might just discover that you’ve purchased a clam without the pearl - which will most probably lead to a dispute and result in a bad investment.

For example, if you’re purchasing an Amazon account, does this include the current inventory associated with the account? Does it include the rights to the brand name of the products sold - or just the account itself? Or if you’re buying an Instagram account, are you buying the brand name as well? Is the account owner allowed to open another account under the same (or similar) brand name?

Or if you’re buying a website, does the purchase include the rights to the logo and all of the content (maybe some content belongs to guest writers)? Does the website or the Amazon account include the Facebook or Instagram accounts associated with them, or are these sold separately? This is crucial because these social media accounts may be what’s driving the traffic to the website and bringing in the sales. This means that if you didn’t include them in the definition of the assets, you’re actually buying something of much lower value, or something that might not continue to generate value for much longer.

The best way to prevent any misunderstandings is to make sure that:

your attorney has experience with digital asset purchase agreements;

either you and/or your attorney are familiar with the type of business being purchased, and,

you clearly define in the agreement everything that can / should be included with the main asset.

The above may seem obvious, but if you’re working with an attorney that has never created their own website or owned any online assets, they are probably not going to be familiar with all the small details such as the hosting accounts, domain names, copywrites etc.

Transfer of Intellectual Property

Once you’ve defined the Assets, the agreement must clearly state that all the intellectual property (legal rights to something – like code or a painting or a YouTube channel) rights associated with the assets, including trademarks, copyrights, patents, and trade secrets, are being transferred from the seller to the buyer (subject of course to the seller getting the payment). This transfer should include any necessary documentation or registration with relevant authorities to ensure the buyer's full ownership and control. It should also include a section that says that if needed, the seller will sign any documents needed to make sure that the transfer of ownership is completed.

The Purchase Fee

It’s obvious that you need to include the purchase fee. What’s less obvious is how and when the payments should be made. Also, sellers often forget to consult a tax advisor / accountant before completing the sale and are then surprised by how much tax they need to pay.

Ideally, the payment should be made in stages. X amount when signing the agreement, Y amount just before / after control of the account/software/materials has been transferred (if there is a lack of trust, you can use a 3rd party to ‘hold’ the amount), and then a few smaller remaining payments during the transition or training period.

It is also important to clarify how payment is made, the currency (and exchange rate) and who pays the transfer fees (usually each side pays their fees).

Scope of Liability

It is crucial to define the seller's level of liability. Usually, it is customary to limit the duration and scope of the liability to a specific time and amount (of money), as this may end up being very significant. For example, if you're selling software, and shortly after the sale it caused damage worth tens or hundreds of thousands of dollars - who is responsible for this damage? Or what happens if the software or website crashes after a week? Who's responsible? This is one of the most important sections of the agreement.

Taxes

 Following the previous point on taxes, the agreement should outline the tax responsibilities of each party. This includes any sales tax, transfer tax, or other applicable taxes that may arise from the transaction. It is essential to clarify who is responsible for paying these taxes to avoid any future disputes.

Non-compete

To protect the value of the purchased assets, the agreement should include a non-compete section restricting the seller from starting or engaging in a similar business that could directly compete with the buyer. Or at the very least, restrict them for a certain period. The duration and geographical scope (countries/areas) or types of platforms (Facebook, YouTube, Instagram) of this restriction should be reasonable and clearly defined and will depend on the type of business and the local laws (which may prohibit long periods).

Training and Support

Most digital asset purchase agreements will include a section in which the seller agrees to provide training and support to the buyer for a specified period of time after the completion of the sale. This helps ensure a smooth transition and allows the buyer to effectively manage and operate the newly acquired assets. For example, if you bought a website, the training would include showing you how to manage certain features, make changes, upload content etc. If you bought software, then the support might include technical support in the case of errors or bugs for a certain period (part of it might be included in the purchase fee, an additional support period may be given in exchange for a fee).

General Provisions

This section usually contains a few topics, but the most common ones are:

Governing Law: which jurisdiction's laws will govern the agreement. Meaning: if things go wrong, in which courts will the dispute be resolved.

Entire Agreement: a section that states that the agreement is the final understanding between the sides, and it supersedes any prior agreements or representations. This basically means that if there were any other negotiations (verbally or by email), they no longer matter and only this agreement is what counts.

Amendments: Any changes to the agreement must be made in writing and signed by both parties.

Severability: If any provision of the agreement is found to be unenforceable, the remaining provisions will continue to be in effect.

Can I draft the online asset purchase agreement myself?

Technically? Yes. Should you? Not really. If the sale amount is less than $10,000 then the legal costs might not seem worth it, and I understand that, but even then it’s worth at least talking to an attorney because regardless of the money, there might still be legal risks like liability.

And I’m not just saying this to get you to become a client. I don’t care which lawyer you use, but if you’re selling something that you (which shouldn’t be too much) then use an attorney - and make sure it’s one that knows what s/he is doing.

Good luck with the sale / purchase of your digital asset! Feel free to contact us!

&nbsp;

## How Much Equity Should a New Founder Get ?
https://startuplawyer.co.il/how-much-equity-should-a-new-founder-get/

⚡ Quick Answer: How Much Equity Should a New Founder Get?Pre-seed stage: 20%–30% (high risk, critical technical or business role)Seed stage: 10%–20% (early traction, established product direction)Series A+: 5%–10% (lower risk, company already scaled)Always pair equity with a 3–4 year vesting schedule and a 1-year cliff.Consider whether the person should be a co-founder at all vs. a freelancer or advisor.Adding a new founder to an existing startup is a common situation that many startups face, and it brings up the critical question: "How much equity should a new founder get?" This is something that I am asked very often. This decision involves various factors, including the new founder's role, the startup's stage, and market standards. In the post below I offer some points which will help you make this decision. Short answer: new founders typically receive 5%–30% equity depending on startup stage, contribution, and existing cap table structure.How Much Equity Should a New Founder Get - the bottom line!There isn’t a magical number/percentage of equity to offer new founders, because it depends on all of the below factors, including how many founders you already have and what the new founder brings to the table. If you really need to force a number, it could be anywhere from 5% - 30% (with 30% being for relatively early-stage founders, and the new founder either being a valuable CTO, a very experienced and success proven entrepreneur or someone who can definitely bring investments or invest himself).Do I really need a co-founder? Before even discussing how much equity a new co-founder should get, make sure that you really need that person as a co-founder, as opposed to them working as a freelancer. The main question to guide you on this is: do I need them for a specific project (even if it’s for a few months) or do I want them with me / they bring value for the entire duration of the startup (which could be 1 year or 8 years)? If you only need them for a specific project, then consider using their services as a freelancer. You can then either pay them, offer them options or shares – but they won’t become a co-founder, and there’s a big difference. One small example: they won’t be part of the decision-making team.Even you’ve decided to add them as a co-founder, then here’s what you need to consider when discussing equity:Feelings, emotions, and prideWait what? Why is this relevant? Well, there’s a good reason that I started with this because it’s the most important factor. You can consider all the different factors below, and try to persuade someone with logic, but if they feel undervalued or that they aren’t getting a fair percentage, they either won’t join, or they’ll join but eventually end up being disgruntled. This also applies to you, the existing founder. If you feel that you’ve given too much, you too will be disgruntled. So try understand both your own feelings of pride and theirs when discussing the percentages.Contribution to the StartupWhen determining how much equity should a new founder get, one of the main considerations is their contribution to the startup. This includes the skills, experience, and network they bring to the table. A founder with a proven track record or unique expertise may warrant a higher equity stake compared to someone who is just starting their entrepreneurial journey.Stage of the StartupThe stage at which the new founder joins also plays a significant role. In a pre-seed startup, the risk is higher, and therefore, equity stakes tend to be larger to compensate for this risk. Conversely, in a later-stage startup, the business might be more stable and less risky, so the equity offered might be lower. Additionally, if the original founders have already done most of the ‘heavy lifting’ and made serious advances, then this would affect the amount of equity that the new founder receives. After all, he or she is joining after much of the work has already been done.Existing Equity StructureThe current equity distribution among existing founders and investors must be considered. Allocating equity to a new founder will dilute the existing shares, so it's crucial to strike a balance that maintains the motivation of the original founders while being fair to the new founder.Market Standards and Typical RangesUnderstanding market standards helps in making an informed decision about how much equity should a new founder get. Typically, new founders joining at an early stage might receive anywhere from 10% to 30% equity. For later-stage startups, this range could be significantly lower, around 5% to 10%. According to guidelines published by the Founder Institute, these ranges are common, but the specifics can vary based on individual contributions and negotiations. The table below summarizes standard market ranges: Startup StageTypical Equity RangeKey DriverPre-seed / Idea20%–30%High risk, critical roleSeed / Early Traction10%–20%Proven concept, some usersSeries A and beyond5%–10%Lower risk, established teamVesting Schedules and CliffsExplanation of Vesting Schedules and CliffsA vesting schedule is a mechanism that allows founders to earn their equity over time. In the past, founders used to agree on the equity split (say 30%, 30% and 40%) and the founders would get that equity from day 1. Then, if a founder left, even after say 2 months, they would leave with this huge amount of equity which would leave the company crippled. That’s why they created the vesting method which is designed to incentivize long-term commitment to the startup. The way that vesting works is that founder A will be entitled to his 30%, but he will only get it over a certain period of time. Typical vesting period are between 3 – 4 years (with the shares being ‘released’ every quarter of a year / 3 months) + with a one-year cliff (sometimes less). The cliff means that if the founder leaves before the one year period ends, then they receive no equity at all.  More insights on structuring equity and vesting (Founder Institute's guidelines).Alternative/Additional Incentives Beyond EquityWhile equity is a primary incentive, startups can also offer other forms of compensation to attract new founders:Performance BonusesPerformance-based bonuses tied to specific milestones can motivate new founders to achieve key business goals. These bonuses can be in the form of cash payments or additional equity. It’s important to note that if you aren’t yet making money, offering cash payments can be risky, so always condition the bonus on the company’s cash flow. Regarding additional equity, this is a decent option, but note that milestones aren’t as easy to anticipate (and achieve) as you think. There are often delays and changes (many a time not at the fault of the new founder).Future Salary PromisesStartups can promise future salaries once the company reaches certain financial milestones. This can be an attractive proposition for new founders who believe in the startup's potential but need assurance of future financial stability.OptionsStock options can be offered as an alternative to direct equity. Options give the founder the right to buy shares at a future date at a predetermined price (usually the price is either symbolic or at a discount to the market value of the shares). This can be an effective way to align the founder's interests with the company’s growth.Legal and Financial ConsiderationsLegal ImplicationsIssuing equity comes with legal implications. It’s essential to have a well-drafted founders' agreement that outlines the terms of equity allocation, vesting schedules, and any cliffs. This agreement should be reviewed by a lawyer to ensure compliance with local laws and protect the interests of all parties involved.I work with hundreds of startups, some with decent budgets, others with much smaller budgets. Some agreements can be delayed, sometimes templates can be used (just to start with), but for founder’s agreements and investment agreements ALWAYS use a lawyer.Tax ConsiderationsEquity compensation has tax implications that both the company and the founder need to consider. For instance, the issuance of equity might trigger tax obligations (usually on the new founder) depending on the jurisdiction. Founders should consult with a tax advisor to understand the implications fully.- - - - - - - -Conclusions and a word of adviceDetermining how much equity should a new founder get involves careful consideration of various factors, including their contributions, the startup's stage, market standards, how many founder’s exist, the existing equity split and of course emotions and feelings of pride/value. By implementing a well-structured vesting schedule and exploring alternative incentives, startups can attract and retain valuable founders while aligning everyone's interests towards long-term success.Professional negotiating tip: different cultures negotiate differently. In one country if someone states a price, that’s the final price. In another, it’s only the starting price which can then change by 10%-30%. Either way, when negotiating, people always expect some ‘haggle room’. Therefore, assuming you want to offer someone 20%, you should start by offering 10% or 15% (depending on the culture). They will usually give you a counter offer closer to 20%. Say you need to think about it and wait a day or two, only then agree. Why? It’s called the “Contrast Effect”. This is when someone feels happier about getting something after he or she initially thought that they couldn’t get it or had to work to gain it. If you just agree immediately, they will feel disappointed, because they will think that they could have gotten more. Also, if you start at 20%, and they then ask for more and you say “no”, they will think that you are not flexible or don’t value them.

## Common Mistakes made by Early-Stage Startups
https://startuplawyer.co.il/common-mistakes-made-by-early-stage-startups/

What mistakes do early-stage startups most commonly make?

Based on data from CB Insights and experience advising hundreds of startups, the most common early-stage startup mistakes are:

No Market Need — Building a product without validated demand.
Co-Founder Disputes — Failing to formalize equity splits and roles in a legal agreement.
Weak or Missing Legal Foundation — Operating without incorporation, IP assignment, or proper contracts.
Premature Scaling — Growing headcount or spend before achieving product-market fit.
Poor Cash Flow Management — Losing track of burn rate and running out of runway unexpectedly.

Mistakes made by early-stage startups can often lead to costly litigation, loss of intellectual property, and even the dissolution of the company. In this article I will explore the five most common mistakes made by early-stage startups — and how to avoid them.

A true story: each week, I engage in a few 'legal mapping' sessions with early-stage startup founders. During the sessions I identify potential risks, outline the steps to mitigate them and chart their legal and business needs. But I also like to have a bit of fun by making the founders think that I’m psychic.

After everyone takes a seat, I take a small piece of paper and jot something down. I then crumple it into a ball and place it at the center of the table. This action typically raises a few eyebrows, but the conversation quickly shifts back to business. As the session ends, one of the entrepreneurs usually pauses and asks: "By the way, what did you write on that piece of paper at the start of the session?" I respond with a smile, handing it to them, and observe their expressions turn somewhat pale as they read its contents.

The piece of paper contains a list of the 'mistakes' that the entrepreneurs have made (or are close to making) - the very ones that we just discussed during the meeting. Naturally, they are surprised at how I knew about these mistakes even before the session began.

But as much as I wish I had psychic abilities, I don’t. The reality is that after working with hundreds (perhaps thousands) of entrepreneurs, and just by knowing how many co-founders they have and what stage they’re at, I already know - with a high probability, which mistakes they’ve made or about to make. The reason being that the mistakes made by early-stage startups are just so common and are always repeating themselves.

The good news? All you have to do to avoid the mistakes made by early-stage startups is read on.

- - - - - - - - -

Mistake #1: No Market Need

Background: CB Insights conducted a study in which they wanted to discover the most common mistakes made by early-stage startups that lead to failure. They asked hundreds of founders — who had successfully raised money but later had to close their startup — to rank the reasons in order of impact. The number one reason was "No market need", cited by 42% of failed startups.

While it may seem obvious to not create something without demand, the fact that this was the main #1 reason raises a crucial question: How can intelligent, ambitious, and talented individuals invest years of their lives and tens (or hundreds) of thousands of dollars into a product or service that has "no market need"?

The Mistake: Three main reasons lead entrepreneurs to create services that no one truly needs or is willing to pay for. The first is falling in love with their idea, instead of focusing on their target audience’s pain or problem. The second is isolating themselves from others' opinions or asking for feedback the wrong way, and the third is developing the final version of a service or product without first validating it.

How to avoid the 'No Market Need' mistake:

Focus on the problem, not the solution — fall in love with the customer's pain, not your idea.
Gather real feedback — use distancing techniques to get honest criticism from your target audience.
Validate before you build — launch a Minimum Viable Product (MVP) before committing full development resources.

It is vital that you fall in love with the problem - not the solution. You need to focus on solutions / services that solve an actual need, pain, or deep desire of your target audience. Just because YOU think it’s an amazing idea, doesn’t mean that other people will too. And even if they do, you still need to be sure that they will pay for it, and that the amount is enough to sustain your startup’s profitability. To do this, you need to make sure that your service solves a real need, one that people are willing to pay for.

Many people feel the need to keep their idea a secret because they’re scared that someone will steal it, or of receiving criticism. In reality, it is extremely rare for someone to steal your idea because establishing a startup requires 2-3 years of extremely hard work (not just coming up with an idea) and most people are too intimidated by this. So, your idea is safe, just don’t share truly sensitive information! Additionally, the added value from getting feedback (criticism) can be invaluable. The problem is that most people go about it the wrong way.Imagine that you just had a baby and it’s the ugliest baby in the world. You know it and they know it. Nevertheless, when a friend visits, they’ll say: “wow, what a cute baby!”. Does this make them a bad friend or a liar? No. It just means that like most people, your friend doesn’t want to hurt your feelings. It’s the same with your startup. If you say: “this is my amazing startup idea. I quit my job and invested all my savings in it. What do you think?”, then obviously they’re going to give you compliments - resulting in you getting untrue support, and you thinking that it’s a great idea - even if it’s not!To get effective feedback you need to do two things: distance yourself and show that it is ok to give criticism. Here’s an example: “Hey Johnny, I wanted to get your opinion. My friend Steve wants me to join his startup. I’m not sure that their service is good enough. This is what it does…. what do you think?”. By saying this you can be sure that the feedback will be real. Additionally, always try to get feedback from people who are part of your target audience. But remember: you don’t have to follow every opinion, but keep an eye open for feedback that repeats itself.

Validating your idea before developing the final version is crucial. I’m always saddened when a founder tells me that they spent 10 thousand Dollars developing a platform only to discover nine months (and $10,000) later that people don’t need it, or don’t need 90% of the features. So, instead of creating the final/advanced version of your service, it is crucial that you first create a basic version with only the most important features that your target audience needs (based on the feedback you received). This is called a Minimum Viable Product (MVP). Your MVP can be a landing page, a simple website, or a no-code mobile app.

By doing the above, you will substantially increase your chances of creating a service that people actually need.

2. Not Owning your own Intellectual Property

Background: Intellectual property (“IP”) is something that you create. This could be a song, painting, this article, code for an app, or your logo. Known methods of protecting your IP include patents, trademarks, copyrights, and trade secrets. Ownership of your IP is crucial for securing your competitive advantage and any chance of getting an investment or buyout.

In most countries, the default law states that whoever created the creation (i.e., the code for the app) is the owner of that code - “unless agreed otherwise” (in writing, verbally, or implied by the circumstances).

The Mistake: the most common mistakes made by early-stage startups in regard to IP is when entrepreneurs think that they own the rights to the IP, but in fact don’t. Two examples: Mike hires Jenny to create an app for him, believing that payment grants him ownership to the code. But the truth is that unless they specifically agreed to this, then by default, Jenny still owns the rights to the code. Another example: Mike and Jenny are co-founders. Jenny writes the code.They don’t have a co-founder’s agreement, and after 3 months they get into a big fight and Jenny leaves. Because there is no agreement that states otherwise, Jenny will leave with the ownership rights to the code, and Mike will have to start from scratch.

The Solution: Have a written agreement which specifically states that you own the rights to any IP created or that the creator is transferring the rights to you. When working with a freelancer, use an IP Waiver agreement. If you’re co-founders, this is covered in the founder’s agreement. Registering patents and trademarks is also recommended, but this isn’t always affordable for early-stage startups.

&nbsp;

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dE4ZGJt-dJY

3. Infringing on Others' Intellectual Property Rights

Background: IP infringement can be unintentional but is nevertheless a significant legal issue which can lead to copyright infringement claims. Infringement can happen with trademarks, copyrights, patents, or trade secrets.

The Mistake: When entrepreneurs use materials (like documents or images or code) taken from others or the internet without the owner’s permission (sometimes not even knowing that they needed permission). Examples:

After copying a Terms of Use document from a competitor’s platform entrepreneurs will often tell me: “But don’t worry, we changed a lot of the wording.” Even if you copied only 5 sentences from a 10-page document, this could still be considered copyright infringement. Additionally, even if you change a lot of sentences, many people add unique signs or text in their creations that you cannot see/remove - so they can still ‘catch’ you and sue you.

When entrepreneurs use images/photos from Google search not knowing that they are copyrighted. Just because these images are “on the internet”, does not mean that they can be used freely. Each image has an owner and a usage license. You need to be sure that your use is within the license conditions.

A relatively new answer that I hear is: “we used Chat GPT”. Whilst this might not be considered copyright infringement, and although Chat GPT may be a great tool for getting some background, it should NOT be used to write legal documents. Chat GPT doesn’t know how to ask you the right questions, entrepreneurs don’t know what information is relevant and GPT is often inaccurate / makes things up. Lastly, anything generated by GPT won’t be owned by you (see the T&amp;Cs of OpenAI).

The Solution: If you don’t want your startup to appear on the list of mistakes made by early-stage startups, only use materials that you own, purchased a license for or have been given a license to use (and in accordance with that license). When in doubt, either get written permission, or buy the content/license. Today you can purchase images/videos/music online for a relatively low price. You can even purchase legal documents and although these won’t fully protect you, they at least give you some protection until you can afford an attorney.

4. Not having a Founder's Agreement

Background: The third most common reason for startup failure is “the wrong team”. Considering that establishing a startup can be very stressful, it is only reasonable that fights between founders are so common, which is why it’s so important to have a founder’s agreement.

The founder's agreement covers issues such as founder’s roles &amp; responsibilities, equity distribution, decision-making procedures, IP-ownership, non-competition, and many other important topics. The agreement not only adds clarity when issues arise, but the process itself forces founders to discuss the important issues before they become problematic.

The Mistake: Many startups, especially those launched by friends/colleagues, or family members, overlook the need for a founder's agreement. Not having an agreement leaves the founders in unknown waters when disagreements arise - including issues such as IP ownership. At best, these disagreements negatively affect the progress of the startup. At worst, they lead to prolonged legal proceedings, loss of potential investments, and shutting down the startup.

The Solution: Regardless of the relationship between the co-founders, always sign a founder's agreement&nbsp;early on, and unlike other agreements, use an attorney for this one.

5. Setting Up the Company Too Early or Too Late

Background: &nbsp;A company is a separate legal entity. Meaning that the company is not you (the founders) and you are not the company. This means that the company can enter into agreements, end them, sue, and get sued, and do (almost) anything else that you can do. Just as if it was a living person. Knowing when to incorporate can have a substantial effect on expenses, taxes and legal issues.

The Mistake: Incorporating too early can result in unnecessary costs, such as the filing of yearly reports, taxes, and attorney/accountant fees. Example: A group of friends develops a mobile app and decides to form a corporation immediately. They incur legal and administrative costs to do so, however, after a few months, they realize the concept won't succeed. Now, they need to dissolve the company, incurring further expenses. On the other hand, if you incorporate too late it may result in additional taxes (when transferring your Intellectual Property from the founders to the company – as this is considered as if the company gained something of value).

Also, if something goes wrong with the business and someone decides to sue you, then you - personally – will be the one being sued. But, if you had a company, the company would be sued, and you would be protected (assuming you didn’t do anything illegal). Lastly, not incorporating may affect your chances of getting an investment, because investors prefer giving the money to a company, and not to a person.

The Solution: Try and find the right balance and consult with an experienced attorney as to when is the right time. If you’re at the idea stage, and still researching the market, you don’t need to incorporate. If you’re creating valuable IP, you’re about to launch your MVP, or you’ve started fundraising (which should be done after you’ve tested your MVP), then it would be wise to incorporate.

- - - - - - - - - - -

It's easy to avoid these mistakes if you have a good mentor. In my 1-hour Legal Mapping sessions, I analyze your startups’ needs and discuss the mistakes made by early-stage startups so that you can avoid them. Do you want to avoid these mistakes? Set up a Legal Mapping session now!.

## What Legal Documents do I need for my startup?
https://startuplawyer.co.il/what-legal-documents-do-i-need-for-my-startup/

🔑 Quick Reference: Startup Legal Document Costs
  
    
      
        Document
        When You Need It
        Typical Cost (USD)
      
    
    
      NDABefore sharing confidential info$300–$1,500
      Founder's AgreementAt founding / before building$1,000–$5,000
      IP Assignment AgreementWhen hiring developers or creators$500–$2,000
      Terms of ServiceBefore product launch$800–$3,000
      Privacy PolicyBefore collecting any user data$500–$2,500
      Employment / Contractor AgreementBefore first hire or contractor$500–$2,000
      Term SheetWhen raising a funding round$1,500–$5,000
    
  
  Costs vary significantly by jurisdiction, law firm size, and document complexity. US/UK rates are typically 2–4× higher than other regions.

  
    What legal documents does a startup need?
    
      
        Most early-stage startups need the following 7 core legal documents before their first investment round:
        
          NDA (Non-Disclosure Agreement) – protects confidential information shared with freelancers, partners, and vendors.
          Founder's Agreement – defines equity splits, roles, vesting, and decision-making between co-founders.
          IP Assignment Agreement – ensures all intellectual property created for the company is legally owned by the company.
          Terms of Service – governs how users interact with your product or platform.
          Privacy Policy – legally required under GDPR, CCPA, and similar laws to disclose data collection and usage practices.
          Employment / Contractor Agreement – covers the legal terms for hiring employees or freelancers.
          Term Sheet – outlines investment terms before formal funding documents are drafted.
        
        Regulated industries (fintech, healthcare, gaming) may require additional documents such as legal opinions or government licenses. Total startup legal costs typically range from $3,000–$15,000+ depending on jurisdiction and law firm size.
      
    
  

⚠️ 3 Things to Know Before Reading This GuideEvery startup is unique – Regulated industries (fintech, gaming, healthcare) may require additional documents like legal opinions or government licenses.Prices vary widely – Costs depend on jurisdiction, law firm size, document complexity, and your location. US/UK lawyers charge significantly more than most other regions.Avoid free shortcuts – ChatGPT-generated legal documents are ~60% accurate. Copying competitor documents is copyright infringement. Use a licensed attorney or a reputable paid template as a minimum.

📋 TL;DR – Legal Documents Needed for a StartupNDA – Protects confidential information shared with freelancers, partners, and vendors ($300–$1,500)Founder's Agreement – Defines equity, roles, and decision-making between co-foundersIP Assignment Agreement – Ensures all intellectual property belongs to the companyTerms of Service – Governs how users interact with your product or platformPrivacy Policy – Required by law (GDPR, CCPA, etc.) to disclose data practicesEmployment / Contractor Agreement – Covers hiring staff or freelancers legallyTerm Sheet – Outlines investment terms before formal funding documents are draftedMost early-stage startups need 6–9 legal documents before their first investment round. The exact number depends on industry, jurisdiction, and business model.

One of the most frequent questions that I get asked is “What legal documents do I need for my startup?”. So, after explaining that you are never 100% legally covered, I then go on to explain which documents they need, when they need them and how much they cost.
In the below post I’m going to answer this question in the hopes that it will give you clarity and help you avoid common mistakes made by early-stage startups.
Important things to take note before reading:
Note 1: each startup is unique, and each industry is different. So, some types of startups will most likely need additional legal documents. For example, if you’re entering an industry that is heavily regulated, you may first need a Legal Opinion (a document drafted by a lawyer basically telling you that it’s ok to do what you plan to do). Or if you’re entering the gaming industry (like an online casino) then you’ll first need to get a license from the government (if it’s legal in your country).
The truth is that most startups only need about 6-9 legal documents to get them up to their first investment. I will cover the 7 main legal documents and explain each one, including what each document does, when you need it, and how much it typically costs.
Note 2: The prices mentioned are only to give you a very rough idea of the costs. I have intentionally given a wide range when referring to prices, because the price will depend on numerous factors, such as: the type of startup, the industry, the size of the team, the size of the project, the language the document is, the legal jurisdiction, the size and prestige of the law firm/lawyer, and finally: your location, or the location of your lawyer. Lawyer’s rates in the U.S. or the United Kingdom are substantially higher than lawyer’s fees in most other countries.
Note 3: I know that it's tempting to try and save money on legal documents by using ChatGPT, or copying the document from your competitors, but it is important to know that: AI tools like ChatGPT produce startup legal documents that are only approximately 60% accurate for specialized legal contexts and cannot tailor clauses to your specific startup, industry, or jurisdiction, and copying from someone online is copyright infringement which will get you sued. If you really don’t have the money, the best option (at least for the very beginning) is to buy an online template of the document.

1. NDA / Confidentiality agreement: 
What is it? 
An NDA is one of the more common legal documents used by many startups and business owners. Let’s say that David has a startup, and he wants to hire Amy as a freelancer to build his website, but he’s worried that Amy might steal his idea or share it with others. To try and prevent this, David can ask Amy to sign a confidentiality agreement - also known as an NDA - Non-Discloser Agreement. This agreement obligates Amy to keep confidential/secret any information or materials that David gives her. Some (extended) NDAs also include sections that cover non-compete (preventing Amy from creating the same business) and ownership of the intellectual property (see more about this under “Waiver” here below). It is also worthwhile noting that there are few types of NDAs. The is also an MNDA - “M” standing for “mutual”, versus the regular NDA, and there is also an extended version of an NDA which includes sections about non-compete (preventing Amy from competing with you), non-solicitation (preventing Amy from stealing your employees) and other sections.
What’s important to know about the NDA?
Many entrepreneurs feel that they need to protect their idea or startup information. Although this does make sense when working with most service providers and/or potential partners, it is important to note that most VCs (venture capital) firms and lawyers won’t sign this agreement.
There are numerous reasons for this. First, both VCs and startup lawyers meet with hundreds of startups each month. If they had to negotiate each NDA, they would be spending tens of hours a month doing so. Second, by signing the NDA, they would be limiting themselves (legally) from potentially working with similar startups and perhaps exposing themselves legally (if another startup with a similar idea comes along, then the first startup might one day say: “hey, you gave them my idea”). And lastly, it’s a waste of their time, because 99% of VCs and lawyers don’t steal ideas! That’s just not their business.

How much does an NDA cost: $300 - $1,500.
Bonus tips:
First, you shouldn’t be sharing anything too secret anyway. Second, the chances of someone stealing your idea are tiny – the reason for this is simple: the hard part is NOT the idea, it’s the 2-4 years of your life implementing the idea! Lastly, SHARE your idea was as many people as possible. Why? Because you will learn a lot of valuable information! One last thing: by asking a VC to sign an NDA, you are signaling to them that you aren’t familiar with the industry norms.
* The only situation in which you might ask a VC to sign an NDA is if you have created some really unique technology and you haven’t patented it yet, and even then, all you need to do is just not share with them the ‘secret sauce’.

2. Founder's Agreement (Co-Founder Agreement)
What is it?
It’s an agreement signed by the founders of a startup which defines their relationship, obligations and rights. This document can be anywhere from 5 -

25 pages, and includes a variety of important, even crucial, topics.
Examples of subjects covered in startup founders’ agreements include: division of shares/equity, how to hire and fire one of the founders, who will be on the board of director, how are decisions made, vesting periods (meaning the period of time that the shares are allocated/given out) and many more. Read here all about Founder’s Agreements.
What’s important to know? 

 	If you’re not a sole/single founder, then this is one of the most important documents you’ll need. According to CBS insights, fights between founders is one of the most common reasons for startup failures and the reasons are obvious: no pay, lots of pressure, lots of getting “no”, lots of ego. The perfect settings for founder fights.
 	Don’t wait until it’s too late. What’s the right time? Once you start working together, of if a co-founder is joining, then shortly after you’ve gotten to know each other and you know you want them onboard.
 	I work with lots of different types of clients. Some are high tech companies with large budgets, others are private individuals using their personal savings. When needed, I’m more than happy to tell clients that they don’t need a document just yet, or if there’s no choice then to use a document from the internet (not copied, and not ChatGPT!) just for starting. But in this case, trust me: do not use the internet, and do not do it yourself. Get a lawyer to draft the agreement for you!

How much does a founder’s agreement cost: $800 - $5,000.
Bonus tips:
If you want to make the process easier, sit with your co-founder/s over a coffee or pizza, and talk about everything! The more, the better. Read the article about Founder’s Agreements to better understand what topics to cover.

3. Waiver and Transfer of Intellectual Property (“IP”)
What is it?
This is an agreement that transfers any ownership rights in creations (code, websites, app, sketches, mock-ups etc.) from one person to another. It ensures that it's 100% clear that you or your startup owns all intellectual property created during the collaboration.
* Intellectual property = Intellectual property are legal rights that protect creative ideas and inventions, giving creators exclusive control and the ability to earn from their work while stopping others from using it without permission.
Example: David asks Amy (a freelancer) to build a website for his new startup. The law in most countries states that whoever created the creation (in this example the Website) owns it - unless agreed otherwise*. So, unless David and Amy have an agreement which specifically says that David will own the website, even if David pays Amy, there is a high chance that Amy will still own the website (and why take the chance?).
* “Unless agreed otherwise” have different definitions in different countries. In some countries it could mean “agreed in writing” and in others a verbal agreement could be enough (see pro tip).
What’s important to know?
When engaging with contractors and freelancers, it's important to have a clear understanding about who owns the intellectual property rights. The waiver and transfer agreement not only safeguards your startup's ownership but also defines the terms and conditions under which the transfer and waiver of intellectual property occur.

How much does a waiver and transfer of Intellectual Property cost? $900 - $2,500
Bonus tips:
Agreeing verbally is not enough and not worth the risk! Also, if you ever get to court, the person who wins is (unfortunately) not the person who is right, but the person who can prove he’s right, and the only way you’re going to do that is by having a written and signed document! Another important aspect is to make sure that you clearly define what Intellectual property the person is transferring. You want this to be as broad/wide and clear as possible.

4. Service Provider Agreement
What is it?
A service agreement is similar (in concept) to the waiver and transfer of IP document mentioned above, but while both serve to protect your startup's interests, the service provider agreement covers a much wider range of potential issues. The purpose of the agreement is to protect you from the 100 things that can go wrong when working with service providers, such as late delivery, not the right work delivered, changes in price, liability, confidentiality, ownership and many other issues. A common example for when the Service Agreement is used would be when a programmer is building your app or website, designers creating your brand identity or marketing agencies promoting your product. Another example could be if you are getting advisory/mentoring services or have people on your advisory board.
What’s important to know?
While it may have to pay additional costs upfront, having a well-drafted service provider agreement can save you substantial time and money in the long run by preventing or efficiently resolving potential conflicts - and I guarantee you, that there are almost always conflicts with service providers and clients. It is also important that you make sure that the lawyer drafting the agreement has personal experience in the area of the service being provided. For example, I personally have built (with programmers) about 10 websites. This means that I know the process, know all the challenges along the way and can protect clients against them in the agreement.
How much does a service provider agreement cost? $1,000 - $3,000*
* A short advisor agreement would be on the lower end, versus a complicated project (building a mobile app or software with developers) would be on the higher end. 
Bonus tips:
The service agreement is usually relevant when the cost of the service is at least double the cost of the agreement. Otherwise, from a financial point (not necessarily a legal one), it might be best/enough to use the waiver and transfer agreement. For example, if you’re building a relatively simple WordPress website as an MVP, and it’s costing you $900, then it wouldn’t make sense (financially) to spend $1,000 for a service agreement. In this example, the safest option would be to do the following 3 things: (1) get recommendations about the service provider, (2) write down the 10 most important aspects in an email, and get them to agree (make sure you have their full name and contact details, otherwise you won’t be able to enforce what was agreed if need be), and most importantly: (3) control the money, meaning only pay a small upfront deposit (not more than 15%-20%), and then another 1-2 payments based on their progress, and then leave at least 20% for a testing/support period at the end which should be at least 2 weeks.

5. Terms of Service (also known as Terms of Use) 
What is it?
The Terms of Service, also known as “Terms of Use” (TOU), is a comprehensive legal agreement between your business or startup, and its’ users. The agreement outlines the rules and guidelines that the users must follow when using your website or mobile app. If done correctly, it is a binding legal contract which will help protect you from getting sued (there is always the risk of getting sued, but if done right, your starting point in court will be substantially better, and it could be the difference between winning or losing. A good example to understand what a TOS is, can be seen by comparing it to the big sign at a public swimming pool that tells people what they can and can’t do.
What’s important to know?
The Terms of Service agreement needs to suit the needs of your website or mobile app and reflect the actual services that you provide. Many people wrongly think that they can just copy the document from the Internet, or worse: from one of their competitors. Doing this will result in 2 things: first, your document will not properly reflect your specific services (which means that you are at risk), and second, this is copyright infringement (because you stole something that is not yours) and there is a high chance that you will get sued.
How much does a Terms of Service agreement cost? $1,000 - $3,000
Bonus tips:
Because the Terms of Service needs to be a legally binding agreement, it is crucial that you get the user’s consent. There are numerous actions that you must take to ensure this. Here are two examples: make sure that the link to the Terms of Service is in a clear and easy to find place on the website/app, and add a tick box for users to actively tick when they sign up (most entrepreneurs make the mistake of having the tick already appear in the box). Again, these are just 2 methods out of a few that you should use.

6. Privacy Policy (+ Cookie Notice sometimes) 

What is it?
The Privacy Policy tells your users what information you’re collecting from/about them, what you do with it, who you share it with and for how long you keep it. Having a Privacy Policy is not just good business practice, it's often a legal requirement. Violations of data privacy laws can result in severe penalties. If done correctly, having a privacy policy will reduce your risk of getting sued, and improve your chances of winning if you do (assuming that behind the scenes you did what the Privacy Policy says that you do with the user’s information). Equally important, if you don’t have one, the Appstore and Google Play usually won’t let you upload the mobile app.

What’s important to know?
The Terms of Service agreement needs to suit the needs of your  website or mobile app and reflect the actual services that you provide. Many people wrongly think that they can just copy the document from the Internet, or worse: from one of their competitors. Doing this will result in 2 things: first, your document will not properly reflect your specific services (which means that you are at risk), and second, this is copyright infringement (because you stole something that is not yours) and there is a high chance that you will get sued.

 
How much does a Privacy Policy cost? $1,200 - $3,000.
The price of the Privacy Policy will vary based on the type of business, type of information collect, your use of it, and perhaps most importantly: do you need to be GDPR compliant.
Bonus tips:
Similarly, to the Terms of Service, because the Privacy Policy needs to be a legally binding agreement, it is crucial that you get the user’s consent. There are numerous actions that you must take to ensure this. Here are two examples: make sure that the link to the policy is in a clear and easy to find place on the website/app, and add a tick box for users to actively tick when they sign up (most entrepreneurs make the mistake of having the tick already appear in the box). Again, these are just 2 methods out of a few that you should use. The privacy policy is one step. The second step is making sure that you manage the information that you collect according to your policy. Additionally, if you're operating a mobile app, including a Cookie Notice or explaining mobile device permissions may also be necessary. You can read more about it here: Privacy Policy for websites and Privacy Policy for Mobile Apps.

7. Pilot / Evaluation agreement
What is it?
As a startup, you may want to test your service or product on larger companies who are potential future customers. You have an interest to test your service, and they have an interest to try it, because they are looking for new innovative solutions. But these companies will require a legal document governing the relationship and the test period between the two parties. The Pilot agreement covers the main terms and conditions for providing the service, such as payment, the term/period, liability for damages, ownership of the intellectual property, and a whole bunch of other important aspects.
What’s important to know?
Having a clear and legally binding agreement in place is crucial as this will protect you and your startup by defining expectations, responsibilities, potential liabilities, ownership &amp; pricing issues and more. There are 2 types of evaluation agreements – a ‘short’ one and a ‘long’ one. It is important to know the differences between them (You can read more here: Evaluation Agreement).
By having a well-drafted Pilot or Evaluation Agreement, you can ensure that the testing process goes smoothly and that both parties understand their roles and obligations. This can help prevent misunderstandings and disputes that may arise during the evaluation phase.
How much does an evaluation agreement / Pilot agreement cost? $1,000 - $3,000
Bonus tips:
Approaching companies with a professional evaluation agreement sends a signal that you are not just some early-stage startup, but rather that you know what you are doing. This improves your chances of signing the deal. More importantly, it will protect you in case something goes wrong.

8. Incorporating a Company 
What is it?
This is when you register a legal entity (a company in this case) and this new legal entity becomes the business. Incorporating a company involves legally forming a separate business entity, such as a corporation or limited liability company (LLC), to conduct your operations. This step creates a legal distinction between the business and its owners, providing limited liability protection and potential tax benefits. Until the registering of a company, you (or you and your partners) are the business. After incorporating, the company becomes the business, and the company is considered a completely different entity (legal organ) for all legal purposes. Meaning that the company, through its’ representatives (you) can act as a separate legal entity – enter into agreements, buy, sell etc. This also provides you better legal protection, because if someone wants to sue you, they sue the company, and not you personally (assuming you didn’t intentionally do anything illegal).
What’s important to know?
There are 3 main reasons to incorporate: first, to provide you with more legal protection. Because the company is a separate legal entity, if someone wants to sue you (for something related to the business), they will sue the company, and not you personally. Second, for tax reasons. I won’t go into this here, but before you create something too valuable, you should incorporate, so that all the Intellectual Property (“IP”) will belong and be under the company’s name. This will save you from a tax event later down the road. And lastly, if you are looking to raise money, investors will want to invest in a company, and not with a private individual.
Despite the above, if you are still at a relatively early stage, for example still researching the market, interviewing potential customers and doing other preliminary actions, then there may not necessarily be a need to incorporate just yet, as this will just cost you unnecessary fees.
How much does it cost to incorporate a company?
This is hard to answer as it really does depend on the country. In many countries you can do the registration yourself, and it would cost anywhere
from $100 - $1,000 for the registration fees + a lower renewal fee each year.
But as with many other legal actions, there are risks to doing it yourself which is why it would be best to use a lawyer which would add another $400 - $2,000. But this is not the expensive part. The costly aspect of incorporating is usually the fees that you’ll have to pay your accountant to file your yearly tax reports - which is why it’s best to consult with an attorney to make sure when is the best time for you to incorporate.
Bonus tips:
If you are considering incorporating and it is now towards the end of the year, then you might want to wait till until January, because that way you won’t have to pay a renewal fee in the beginning of 2024, and you won’t have to file a tax report for the previous year.
Example: if it’s now October 2023, and unless you really need to, you might want to wait until January 2024.
There aren’t too many legal documents that an early stage startup needs, and you don’t always need them right in the beginning (it’s always better to focus on validating your business idea first or at least simultaneously). But if you are at the stage that you need them, you need to make sure you’re doing them right, and be sure to use the services of an experienced startup attorney.

Feel free to contact us. Good luck with your product or service.

## A Complete Guide to Writing a Business Plan
https://startuplawyer.co.il/how-to-write-a-business-plan/

Quick Answer: How to Write a Business Plan
  A business plan is a structured document covering your business concept, market, competition, operations, and financials. The key sections are:
  
    Executive Summary – 1-page overview (write this last)
    Business Description – what you do and the problem you solve
    Market Analysis – target market size, segments, and trends
    Competitive Analysis – who your competitors are and your differentiation
    Marketing &amp; Sales Strategy – how you will acquire customers
    Operations Plan – team, suppliers, and processes
    Financial Plan – revenue projections, costs, and break-even analysis
  
  Note: If you are building a startup with a new business model, consider a Business Model Canvas (BMC) instead.

A Complete Guide to Writing a Business Plan
Your Guide to Writing a Business Plan
In this post I’ll try provide you with a detailed guide to writing a business plan (“BP”).
Take a deep breath – the guidelines are lengthy (in order to make things easier for you) but writing the Business Plan isn’t that complicated (just take into account that it does take time, so I advise on taking ‘small bites’ and focusing on one part each time). The good news: the guide is very detailed + I’ve included links + this is the same guide that I give to my students in my “Entrepreneurship 101” course and they’ve all managed to write some really good business plans. The downside? Hmm? Maybe 2 small things: some of the sections in the business plan require that you know some additional topics. But in most cases you can find this information on the internet (I’ve included some links), or book me for a ‘private lesson’. The other small ‘downside’ is that you need to take into account that writing a business plan takes time! The upside is that you will learn a lot about yourself and your business – so depending on your needs (see next section) it might be worth it!
What is a Business Plan?
A business plan is a document in which you describe (in detail*) all the various aspects of your future business or startup (and sometimes your current business). These aspects include topics such as what your business does (what’s the service or product)? Who is the business intended for (your target market)? How do you intend to enter the market (market penetration)? Who are your potential partners/suppliers? What are your expected costs and profits (financial analysis)? and a few other aspects which I will describe here below.
* Unlike some other documents, the Business Plan is fairly long and can be anywhere from 9 pages (which is considered short) to 50 pages or more. It all depends on who is asking for it, what you need it for and the type of business/industry.

Why Do You Need a Business Plan?

  Do I need a business plan or a Business Model Canvas (BMC)?
  
    
      
        
          
            Situation
            Recommended Document
          
        
        
          
            Opening a traditional business (restaurant, retail, services)
            Business Plan
          
          
            Tech startup with a novel business model
            Business Model Canvas (BMC)
          
          
            Raising money from a bank or traditional investor
            Business Plan
          
          
            Early-stage VC fundraising
            Pitch Deck + BMC
          
        
      
    
  


There’s a lot of debate as to whether or not we still need business plans. I won’t go into all of these reasons because it will make this post too long, but I’ll just say this: business plans where once the ‘go to’ document for banks, VC’s, private investors and companies. Today, a lot of these organizations (especially VCs) are realizing that Business Plans aren’t necessarily the best option and aren’t always needed. For example, if you’re a startup, then in all likelihood you DO NOT need a Business Plan. Instead, you need to write something call “BMC” – Business Model Canvas which has become the standard for startups.
One of the problems with writing a Business Plan is that they are static (as in the they don’t change with what’s happening ‘in the field’) and also: they’re more suited to situations in which you’re establishing a known type of business (which usually isn’t the case with startups). So, if you’re opening a Pizzeria, shoe store, cleaning company and any other ‘classic’/known form of business, then a Business Plan may indeed be what you need. If you’re working on a startup which has a new business model, your best bet would be a BMC. To better  understand if/when you need a business plan, watch the below video.

So, if I’m saying that you don’t need one, why am I writing this guide to writing a Business Plan then? Well, because even though a lot of places are realizing that the BP isn’t needed (and they don’t even read them), many of them still ask for a Business Plan for  2 main reasons: it makes them feel safe, and: it makes you (the business owner) do a ton of work – which shows them that you’re serious.
The bottom line is that many of the businesses, startups and entrepreneurs that I accompany as startup lawyer eventually need one. This usually happens when they start raising money, which is why I wrote this guide to writing a business plan.
﻿
Writing a Business Plan – Let’s start…

Congratulations! You’ve chosen a team (or going it alone which is also cool). Thought of an idea that is going to change the world (or maybe you ‘just’ want to sell the best Pizza ever or provide the best coding service), and perhaps did some initial research or maybe even conducted a proof of concept (POC) (see my article on Validating your idea). Now you’re all ready to start writing your business plan in order to get to know your market better, improve your business and/or raise money from investors.
Now the question is how do you do it?  Here we go. Good luck.

______

Technical Notes:
* Length of each section: I have given you an estimate of the desired length of each chapter/section. You can make the section slightly longer if you feel the need, but I wouldn’t write a lot more as people today don’t have the patience to read lengthy documents (yes, I know this post is super long, but it’s for you so zip it!)

** There may be mentions of some subjects or models that you haven’t heard of and aren’t familiar with. In some cases I included links, and if not you can read about them on the Internet. Alternatively, you are welcome to schedule a paid ‘private lesson’ with me via Zoom during which I can help you catch up on what you’re missing. Usually 1-2 hours is enough (but it depends how much information you’re missing).
Part A  – the Executive Summary (Up to 1 Page)
The executive summary (“ES”) is the first section of the BP and summarizes the entire BP. The people who receive BPs (investors, VCs, banks etc.) usually receive hundreds of them each month, and therefore usually won’t read the entire BP (at least not in the beginning, and unless the executive summary intrigues them enough to do so). Therefore, the ES is very important.

Pro Tip: even though this is the first section when writing a Business Plan, I recommend that you write it only after you’ve completed all the other sections. This way you will have a better understanding of what you wrote and will be able to summarize better. also, it is preferred (although not compulsory) to have a correlation between the order of things presented in the BP and the executive summary.

The Executive Summary should include the following information:

 	Opening paragraph – The opening paragraph should be the ‘hook’ paragraph – meaning something that gets the reader ‘hooked’ and causes them to read on. Just as any good article begins with an intriguing/shocking fact or anecdote, so should the executive summary. For example: “According to a comprehensive study by the Wall Street Journal, 80% of people suffer from/have stated that…This is where [name of your business] comes into the picture..“.
 	A description of the problem or market need;
 	What the business does and how it solves the problem/need that you mentioned above;
 	The current state of the market, and the business opportunity (why to invest);
 	Financial aspects (how much money is there/has been invested, how much is needed, how much you are asking for…);
 	Who comprises the management team – very briefly and only the things that are relevant to the success of the business.

Bottom line: write clearly and concisely, and make the investor see your vision and want to be a part of it (“you had me at hello…”). It is crucial that the problem and market are clear (see some pro-tips here below)

Part B – The Problem and the Market

 	Description of the problem/market need (up to ¾ page)

Describing the problem or need is one of the most important parts of the BP (and in a startup in general). In this section you must prove that there is a need or problem that requires a solution and describe (the problem) clearly. It is advisable to prove that your need or problem exists by providing the results of independent research/surveys that you did.

What matters: Showing that there is a real problem/need and that it is significant enough (from a business point of view). If the investors think there is no real problem, or that the need is not big enough or profitable enough, they will not invest in the business. Additionally: apply the “Grandmother Test” – If your grandmother, or a 15-year-old, doesn’t understand the problem, then you haven’t described it clearly enough.

 	Description of the business and how it solves the problem/need in the market (Up to ¾ page)

This is the “business card” for your venture/business. Where you present the idea and the general concept. This section should include:

 	What the product or service does;
 	Additional information for understanding the business;
 	How the product/service actually works or how it is used. If needed, use illustrations (in the appendix. It is highly advised, but not compulsory, to use “Hyperlinks” which lead the reader directly to the relevant page in the appendix).
 	What technologies/components are behind the product/service.

Bottom line: It is important that the potential investor (1) understands what the business does; (2) how the business solves the problem/need, and (3) that the investor falls in love with the business. The ‘Grandmother Test’ is relevant here as well because if the investor doesn’t understand the problem or doesn’t feel that it is indeed serious enough, they won’t invest.

Part C – Market Analysis

 	Macro level (Up to 1.5 pages)

In this section you will describe the industry that you’re in (its’ current state), without referring to your specific business (meaning that you need to focus on the industry and not talk about your business’ place in it). Changes at the macro level affect all the businesses in the industry, while changes at the micro level (next section) affect specific businesses. Imagine that the title of this section is: “10 Important/Interesting Facts About the Dating app industry” and then talk about those facts without mentioning your business.

 	Present at least 5 current facts about the present state of the market. These facts must provide information in the following areas: political (whether the industry is affected by political changes), social (e.g. trends, consumer habits), financial (needed/existing resources, market size, profitability – of the market, average price the consumer pays for services in this industry, taxation, etc.), technology (what technologies are available in the market, what is the pace that these change, etc.) and legal (e.g., regulation affecting market entry or its conduct – this can be covered briefly because there is a separate section which covers the legal aspects).
Short Example: The shoe market in Japan is a 200 million US Dollar per year industry (economical aspect). The average cost per shoe is $50 (economical aspect). 93% of the purchases are done physically (in store), and 7% are done online (social aspect – consumer habits). The production method of the average shoe is done with X-type technology which has been around for approx. 30 years, but now there is a shift to Y technology (technological aspect).


 	Competition: The nature and type of the competitors (not specific competitors to your business). For example: how many companies exist? Do any of them dominate the market? How easy/difficult is it for new competitors to enter the market?
 	Import/Export/Service providers: If your product is based on the import of products/parts, or on other vital service providers, then explain (briefly) how much the business relies on this and other relevant information (for example, whether there is one or many import sources).

* When writing a business plan, some people tell me that they can’t compare the industry because nothing like what we’re doing exists. In most cases, your idea WILL be similar to existing concepts (even if you really want it to be unique). In the odd case that your business is indeed an innovative and new concept, then do the macro analysis based on the most similar market that exists.
** You can add visual aids such as tables or graphs. Include short explanations to them, unless they are 100% clear.

Bottom line: The reader needs to understand the current state of the market objectively and clearly – taking into account the various fields/categories mentioned above (financial, economical…).

 	Analysis of the market – at the Micro level (Up to 1.5 pages)

In this section you need to focus on analyzing the market, but with a look at the more immediate environment, and with reference to your specific business. This means that you need to show the market and how your business ‘fits’ in it or compares to existing players in it.  You need to address the following issues:

 	The anticipated product lifecycle (your estimations regarding the user adoption rate, the business’ competitive advantage, entry barriers for businesses like yours (if there’s anything specific that you did not already address in the above Macro analysis).
 	Direct competitors – create a competitive analysis table. This is a comparison table in which you compare at least 3 main competitors (based on at least 5 different criteria). See examples here.
 	Customers – how are they segmented (divided) and what type of customers do you have? Are they private customers or businesses? Are there many random customers, or specific/individual (but bigger) customers? For example, your business might be the type that sells thousands of products at small amounts to many customers (like a pizzeria). Or it might be the type that sells an expensive/unique product/service to only a few hundred customers (like heavy machinery or cyber security software. something ay be (but larger in purchasing power)? High or low level of loyalty/ retention? What are the transition barriers? Meaning how difficult is it moving from your competitors to you, or from you to your competitors?

Bottom line: the reader needs to understand the current state of the above aspects in relation to your business.

 	SWOT analysis (Up to 1 page)

SWOT is a quick method to help you understand (and visually see) the Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Threats to/for the business. This is a table (see

image below) that visually helps the reader understand your business idea and its strengths, weaknesses etc.

 	Summarize (briefly!) all the important facts that you’ve presented until this section by using the SWOT analysis. You are required to provide at least 2 aspects/points per each category (strength, weakness…), and a maximum of 4 aspects.

Pro-tip: Until this section, you should not repeat the information that you’ve presented so far. This section can and should include some of the information presented in earlier sections.

Bottom line: make sure that you are actually presenting a strength (for example) and not something else (there are clear definitions as to what consists of a strength/weakness etc.).

Here are 2 articles that explain the topic well:

 	https://articles.bplans.com/how-to-perform-swot-analysis (including the video)
 	Swot Analysis

&nbsp;

Part D – Business and Marketing Strategy

 	Business Model (Up to 1 page)


 	A general, concise explanation of the business model that you selected for your business (examples of the types of  business models here).
 	How the model works in the context of your business (most models will be known to the person reading the business plan, but it is not always clear how the models work with your specific business).
 	Why you chose this model in relation to your specific business and the market.
 	If your model changes with the growth of the business, and acquisition of users (see ‘Rogers Adoption model’), this change should be addressed (no need to actually mention the Rogers Adoption model but you should be aware of how it works – at least the basics). For example, if you have a smart watch business venture, and your business model is the watch itself (sales of a product), but once you reach a certain amount of people, the model changes to a SaaS (software as a service) model in which you charge a monthly fee for apps or services on the watch, then this should be reflected.

* It is ok to have more than one business model but having more than 2-3 would be surprising.

Bottom line: The model needs to be clearly explained, including the reason that you chose the model for your specific business – unless it is obvious (the explanation should preferably be backed by data).

 	Market Penetration Strategy (up to 1 page)

In this section, you need to show and explain your strategic goals and objectives regarding how you plan to penetrate the market / get clients / customers. This explanation should be somewhat based on the SMART model* 
* This is a model that helps you clarify your target goals. The letters refer to your goals which should be Specific, Measurable, Attainable (meaning realistic), Relevant and Timebound (meaning that for each goal you have a reasonable deadline). You need to specify how you intend to achieve each goal, according to the following topics:

 	What the marketing method will be (and why). It’s not enough to write “Instagram because all the young people use it” – you must elaborate and substantiate your reasoning.
 	Give an educated estimate regarding how long it will take for you to reach each goal (for example: It will take 6 months, from launch date, to reach about 1,000 users).
 	Estimate the costs and budget needed to reach the goals you mentioned, based on practical market research that you conducted, price quotes that you received, and or actual campaigns that you ran (for example on Facebook or Google – you can also use some free tools to get price estimates). There is no need for complex excels or tables (in this section).
 	Explain expect conversion (number of subscribers, purchases, etc.) by sample testing and/or other established data.

Bottom line: that the goals are feasible and that the market penetration method is realistic and based on recent data/experiments/research.

Part E – The Team &amp; Legal Aspects (each part can be done separately)

 	The team (Up to half a page)


 	Who are the core team members, and what is each member responsible for.
 	Specify how many employees you will need (and why), for each of the objectives/stages that you mentioned in previous sections.


 	Legal aspects (0/5 – 1/5 pages – depending on how complicated your business is) – in this section you need to provide a brief overview of the legal status of the Venture – present and future. You need to include the following:


 	Intellectual Property – is the product/service protected, or does it need to be protected (with patents, trademarks, etc.). You may (but don’t have to) also include information regarding cost estimates for registering a patent if relevant.
 	What are the relevant risks, difficulties or legal challenges that your Venture faces? For example, when it comes to a financial advisory service, the company may be sued if a customer lost money – so they would need a good legal document protecting the company.
 	What are the regulatory requirements (if any) and did you check what is required and receive or request the necessary approvals. For example, if your Venture is a medical device, many regulatory approvals are required.

Bottom line: to show the reader that you are aware of the legal challenges, have a basic understanding of the existing solutions and have mentioned (basic) solutions for them. For some of your Ventures it will be less substantial, for other Ventures it will be more.

Part F – Financial Aspects

 	Financial review (Up to 1 Page) – the information for this section should be presented in an Excel table (which should be attached to the BP), together with brief explanations within the BP (in this section). Among other things, you need to explain the following:


 	How you calculated the cost per unit/cost per month for the service (and what were your assumptions that lead to these numbers – the mathematical calculations will be in the Excel).
 	What is the expected customer conversion rate for downloads, purchases etc. (explain your estimation)?
 	Explanations regarding your main expenses and income (including the expenses you described in the market penetration section above).
 	Possible funding sources (explain the calculations in the excel in your own words in the word document / the Business Plan).
 	Expected revenue and the time frame until the Venture becomes profitable/break-even. In this section, you need to elaborate on the revenue, and explain, among other things, the sales forecast, rate of sales, price per unit/subscription, etc.

Bottom line: the reader needs to understand all the financial aspects of the Venture within 5-10 minutes of reading this section and the Excel table – this includes understanding when you become profitable and how much money is needed to reach that point.

[You can purchase a ready-made excel file from me which includes almost all the fields you’ll need for your business + the formulas, for a one-time fee of $59 USD, or spend about 5-10 hours making  your own. You decide how much your time is worth :-)]

Pro-tip: you need to build the Excel file so that a “sensitivity test” can be performed on it. For example, if your business model is based on the Affiliate Method (getting percentages for each sale/user you refer to a third party), and you assume in your calculations that you will get paid 5% or $5 for each referral, you need to be able to change the 5% to 3% and see how the rest of the data in the table (revenue, expenses, etc.) changes automatically. If not, fore every change that you make, you’re going to have to change a lot of things manually. In reality, the percentages/price/fee that you get will probably not be exactly as you expected and therefore you need to be able to play with the Excel table. For example, if your model is selling units of a product, then you should be able to change the price per unit or the number of units sold and see how it affects all other data.

Business Plan Template

Here are a few Business Plan Templates for your convenience. We have not reviewed them and we are not responsible for their quality, relevance, suitability, access etc…

Template One
Template Two – for a consulting services company.
Template Three – product company.
Template Four – full version. Not a great design but will help you with the layout.

If you’ve made it until here, then you shouldn’t have any problems writing a business plan and I’m sure it will be awesome! Good luck!

______ 

We consult and accompany hundreds of business, startups and companies. Feel free to contact us if you need any business or legal advice!

Disclaimer: The information provided in this document is provided for informational purposes only and should not be construed as legal and/or business advice and should not be relied upon as such. We will not accept any responsibility for any consequences whatsoever – direct or indirect – arising from your use of the information contained in this document and I highly advise you to consult with a professional before making any decision.

Copyrights: I hope that this document helps you with your future / current business. All rights in and to this document and its’ content (except for links to articles written by others) are owned by me – Attorney Assaf Ben-David. I hereby give you a non-transferable, non-exclusive, revocable, limited permission to use this document for your own personal and noncommercial You may not make use of the document (excluding the abovementioned personal use) without my prior written permission. If you want to use this document for commercial, teaching, business use or any other non-personal use, you are welcome to contact me, and I am sure we can find a solution.

## Evaluation Agreement Guide (2026) | Pilot Agreements for Startups
https://startuplawyer.co.il/evaluation-agreement/

Evaluation AgreementA written contract in which two or more parties agree to test a product or service under defined conditions (limited time, limited scope, limited users) before committing to a purchase or license. Also referred to as a pilot agreement or trial agreement.Short Evaluation AgreementAn evaluation-only contract with no pre-agreed purchase terms. Parties negotiate the purchase separately after the pilot concludes.Long Evaluation AgreementA combined evaluation and purchase/license contract. Purchase terms — including price, KPIs, and activation triggers — are negotiated and included before the pilot begins.

Quick Summary: An evaluation agreement (also called a pilot or trial agreement) is a contract that governs the testing of software or services before purchase. It limits liability, protects IP, defines success criteria, and sets scope and duration. Startups use them to win early customers; enterprises use them to de-risk adoption. Two types exist: Short Evaluation (negotiation happens after the pilot) and Long Evaluation (purchase terms agreed before the pilot begins).

What is an Evaluation Agreement?
An evaluation agreement, also known as a ‘pilot agreement’ or ‘trial agreement’, is an agreement between 2 or more parties (sides), in which the parties agree to test and evaluate a product or service, usually with the intention of one party buying the tested service (or investing in the company who created it), if the results of the evaluation process are good. The use of the service that is being tested is usually limited by time and scope of use. Meaning limited features or a limited amount of users.

* To keep things simple, let’s use an example of a service (not a product), and that the service is software.
Why Would a Startup Want an Evaluation Agreement with a Potential Client?
There are 2 main reasons:

  Initial sales/customers: startups trying to sell software which hasn’t yet been sold to known and respected customers in the market, often have a hard time selling to new customer’s, who are cautious of using software that hasn’t been tested outside of the startup’s labs. In such a case, the startup has an interest to offer the potential customer a trial run, or evaluation period, during which the potential customer can test the software. Then, assuming the trial period is successful, the potential customer will purchase the software. The software is usually tested with a limited scope at first, to minimize the risk of any potential damages to the potential customer’s business.
  Testing the waters: many startups need to test their software in a real environment, and not only in their controlled environments. The best way to do so, is by running a limited evaluation period with potential customers in their target market.

Why Would a Company Agree to Run a Pilot with a Startup?

 	

 	The company needs a solution to one of its’ business problems or challenges, and the only companies offering such solutions are new in the market (startups) which haven’t yet proven their software, or, the company isn’t sure that the software being offered is a good fit for its’ needs. In such an event, the best solution for the company is to first test the software during an evaluation period, before purchasing it.
 	Companies are always looking to invest in innovative solutions that will help them advance their business. Sometimes these solutions are created in-house (meaning by the company itself), but often the company will purchase a smaller company, or invest in it, or purchase a startup’s technology. Before they do so, and in order to be sure that the technology works and does what the company needs, they will often run an evaluation.



 
Why Do You Need an Evaluation Agreement? Key Legal Risks
Many of my clients ask me why they can’t just finalize the deal with a handshake, and as much as I miss the days when multimillion dollar deals where agreed that way, unfortunately, times have changed. Today, people are quick to sue or turn to legal solutions, and the business etiquette of the past just isn’t the same. Just imagine that the software installed by the startup mistakenly deletes important information from your client’s database, or that it enables hackers to damage your client’s files. Or maybe your software ‘just’ causes your client’s website to crash for a few hours – causing substantial monetary damages. In order to protect yourself and your company, you need to have an evaluation agreement in place. Additionally, if you’re the startup, you want to prevent your customer from stealing the implementation and methods behind your idea. Now although this is rare, it can happen (watch this short movie trailer – it's based on a true story)

The Two Types of Evaluation Agreements

What should an evaluation agreement include?A well-drafted evaluation agreement should include the following key clauses:Scope of use: which features, users, or systems are included in the trialDuration: start date, end date, and any extension termsEvaluation criteria / KPIs: measurable success metrics that determine if the pilot succeededConfidentiality / NDA provisions: protection of trade secrets and proprietary methodsIP ownership: who owns any work product, feedback, or customizations created during the pilotLiability limitations: caps on damages caused by software errors, data loss, or system failuresData protection: GDPR or applicable privacy compliance obligationsFees: whether the evaluation is paid or free, and on what termsTermination rights: conditions under which either party can end the pilot earlyPost-evaluation obligations: return or deletion of data, software removal, and transition steps

 	An evaluation agreement which does not also include a purchase/license to use the software/product afterwards (“Short Evaluation”).
 	An evaluation agreement which does include a purchase/license agreement to continue using the software/product (“Long Evaluation”).

With the Short Evaluation agreement, once the evaluation is completed, either each party goes their own separate way (if the results weren't good), or the parties need to sit and negotiate whether or not the potential customer (the company) is going to purchase the software. And if they are, then under what terms (price, quantity etc.).
With the Long Evaluation agreement, there are additional sections that cover the purchase or license to use the software. Meaning that the entire agreement – including the purchase or license sections, is negotiated before the evaluation period begins. This means that there is no need for the parties to re-negotiate the terms of purchasing the software once the pilot period is done, because they have already defined the required results which activate the purchase/license agreement.
Which Type of Evaluation Agreement Is Better for Startups?

FactorShort EvaluationLong EvaluationTime to signFasterSlowerLegal cost upfrontLowerHigherPost-pilot negotiation needed?YesNoRisk of deal falling apart post-pilotHigherLowerBest forImpatient clients, early-stage dealsStrategic partnerships, larger contracts
Both agreements have advantages and disadvantages.
The Short Evaluation agreement saves a lot of time and money (mainly from a legal perspective) seeing how it covers less aspects, and therefore requires less negotiation time. This is important when (1) one or both sides are paying high legal fees, (2) either side is in a hurry to get started, or (3) the potential customer (the company looking to try your software) doesn’t have much ‘patience’ for back and forth negotiations with you and in doing so you (the startup) may risk losing the deal.
The disadvantage of starting with a Short Evaluation agreement is that if the pilot period is successful, you will now have to begin negotiating the purchase agreement of the software – which will take time and money anyway. The advantage of the Long Evaluation is that it saves you time and money re-negotiating the purchase agreement after you’ve done the evaluation.
The disadvantage is that it may often lead to tension due to the extended negotiations, and you may need to amend the agreement after the evaluation (more time and money) because at the time of signing the agreement (before the evaluation was done), you didn’t yet know all the figures and facts (for example, you may not know how successful or unsuccessful your product is – especially if you’re a startup).

Whichever agreement you select, really depends on your specific situation. If you know it’s going to be difficult ‘getting in the door’ with the potential customer, and you’re confident of the results, it is better to use the Short Evaluation agreement. This will help prevent the deal from getting stuck with the customer’s legal department (which might eventually lead to the trial period never happening).

On the other hand, if you’re dealing with a potential customer that is more flexible (or their lawyers are more easy going – I know, hard to believe right?), then it is advised to use the Long Evaluation agreement. Because that way you get the negotiation over and done with in one round of negotiations.
In my opinion, if you believe in your service, then another big advantage of using a Short Evaluation agreement (the one without the purchase sections) is that if the evaluation is successful, then you will have the upper hand in the negotiation because the potential customer will be a lot more interested in your sewrvice after seeing the good results. This is more of a business aspect, but it of course also affects the legal one.
The most important aspects that the evaluation agreement must cover (agreement without a purchase agreement):
Disclaimer: although these are the main issues, it is definitely not enough to only cover these, and you are highly advised to seek legal counsel before signing or drafting an evaluation agreement. As they say: the devil is in the details.

 	Purpose of the evaluation. It is important that you clearly define the purpose of the evaluation – exactly what service or product is being offered, and what this service is supposed to do.
 	Intellectual Property (“IP”). This is one of the most important aspects. The Oxford dictionary (roughly) defines Intellectual property as a work or invention that is the result of creativity, such as a manuscript or a design, to which one has rights to, and for which one may apply for a patent, copyright, trademark, etc. Example: the company or person who created the service or product usually owns the software or product because he/she/they created it.
It is crucial that the evaluation agreement (a) define what is included under the definition of “Intellectual Property”, (b) that this definition be as broad as possible, (c) that it is clearly stated that each side owns it’s IP, (d) and that the other party has no rights (and will have no rights after the evaluation) to the other side’s IP.
It is also important that feedback, results and any other data resulting from the evaluation be given to the startup, from the potential customer, and that this information be defined as the intellectual property of the startup (the company providing the service or product). The main reason for this section is to protect each side’s IP, and to prevent the other side from unlawfully using the other side’s IP without their permission (for example, the startup offering the software wouldn’t want to find out a year after the evaluation, that the potential customer, just ‘happens’ to have created the exact same software.One last important aspect relating to the IP, is that the agreement needs to define who owns any improvements made to the product or service due to the evaluation. For example, if the potential customer provided information that lead to the improvement of the software, the startup wouldn’t want the company to be able to claim that they have IP rights to the improvements.


 	Return of IP and confidential information. In many evaluations, intellectual property and confidential information (for example files, code, designs, etc.) is transferred from one side to the next. It is important that the evaluation agreement clearly state that once the evaluation ends, both sides return any and all IP, and/or destroy all confidential information.
 	Term of the evaluation. When the evaluation begins, and when it ends.
 	Expenses. If there are expenses occurred due to the evaluation, who pays them, how (cash, bank transfer?) and when (before or after the evaluation period ends)? This may include implementation expenses, servers, transportation, consultants and employees, licenses etc.
 	Evaluation and review of the evaluation process. Who evaluates the results of the evaluation process? When is this done – during or only after? Is the evaluation of the results supervised or not supervised? Filing of reports?
 	Disclaimers and limitation of liability. During the evaluation, the company offering the service or product may cause damages to the potential client in the event that something goes wrong. Therefore, it is crucial that your evaluation agreement include a section which covers you (the startup) from having to pay for any such damages, or at least, limit the damages to an agreed compensation price. If you’re the company using the services or products, it is best to mention which damages are reasonable, which are not, and what the agreed compensation will be.

&nbsp;
Can I draft the evaluation agreement myself?
Theoretically? Yes. Should you? No. As with many other types of agreements, if you’re a fairly intelligent person, and you do your research, you will be able to draft almost any type of agreement. But the true value of using an attorney are (1) in the small legal details of the agreement (which you will probably miss), and (2) the added business value that he/she gives you – assuming that they have the right experience.

Feel free to contact us. Good luck with your product or service.

## Everything you need to know about a Privacy Policy for Websites and Mobile Apps
https://startuplawyer.co.il/privacy-policy-for-websites-and-mobile-apps/

TL;DR – Privacy Policy for Websites &amp; Mobile Apps

A privacy policy is a legal document required by GDPR, CCPA, COPPA, and most app store policies.
It discloses what personal data you collect, why, how long you keep it, and who you share it with.
Without one, collecting user data may be illegal and exposes you to regulatory fines.
Key sections: data collected, purpose of use, retention, third-party sharing, user rights, cookies, and minimum age.
A privacy policy also builds user trust and is required by platforms like Apple App Store and Google Play.

Everything you need to know about a Privacy Policy for Websites and Mobile Apps
In the below article we’ll explain why you need a Privacy Policy for Websites or Mobile Apps, what it is, and what are the key issues.
Quick Summary: Privacy Policy for Websites and Mobile Apps
A Privacy Policy tells your users what information you’re collecting about them, how you plan to use it, and for how long you’ll store it. It also explains the user’s rights in regard to their information. You need a Privacy Policy for Websites and Mobile App because (a) it’s required by law in many countries, (b) it can help protect you and (c) it’s good business practice.






Note: For the purpose of this article, “information” means information that you collect or receive from your users, and that can potentially identify them personally. The law in most countries gives a very broad definition to “identifiable information”. For example, an email address is considered as such because it can tell where someone works. On the other hand, general statistic information, such as the country the user is from (on its own) is usually not considered personally identifiable information.





What is a Privacy Policy?

Definition: Privacy Policy
A privacy policy is a legally binding document published on a website or mobile application that discloses how a business collects, uses, stores, shares, and protects users' personal data. It establishes informed consent between the service provider and the user and is required by laws including the GDPR (EU), CCPA (California), and COPPA (US).

In short, a privacy policy is a legal agreement between you (the website owner or service provider) and your users or customers. The agreement is published on your website or mobile application. It usually tells your users how you use, collect, and store their information. The policy should be confirmed by the user before using your services (see more on ‘Getting User Consent’ here below).
The Four Main Purposes of a Privacy Policy

 	Explain to your users which information you collect, the purpose you’re collecting this information, how you use and store it and who you share it with.
 	Get their informed consent (once reading the Policy) to the above collection and use.
 	Tell users how they can use their information or other user’s information.
 	Help you comply with the law [see more on this in the next section].

&nbsp;


How Private are you online?

Why Do I Need a Privacy Policy for My Website or App?

Is a Privacy Policy legally required for websites and apps?

Yes. A Privacy Policy is legally required in many jurisdictions. Key laws include:

GDPR (European Union): Requires disclosure of data collection, purpose, retention, and user rights for any service targeting EU residents.
CCPA (California, USA): Mandates disclosure of data collection and sale practices for businesses meeting certain thresholds.
COPPA (USA): Requires parental consent and explicit disclosures for users under age 13.
App Store &amp; Google Play policies: Both Apple and Google require a Privacy Policy to publish any mobile application.

Operating without a Privacy Policy while collecting user data may constitute a violation of these laws and expose you to fines and claims.


These are the main reasons why you should have a Privacy Policy for Websites and Mobile Apps:

 	It is legally mandatory in many countries. In the United States it is required under the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act and the California Consumer Privacy Act (with more states seemingly soon to follow). In the European Union it is required under the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), and under other specific laws in most other countries around the world. Even if the document itself is not specifically required, you ARE required to receive the user’s informed consent to the use and storage of their information. And to do so ,they first need to understand what information you are collecting, and how you plan to use/store it – all of which is usually explained in the Privacy Policy. So, collecting private information from users from these countries may be illegal without having a Privacy Policy.
 	It’s good business practice. Opposed to popular belief, people do care about their privacy. According to the Harvard Business Review,  awareness to privacy is growing. Therefore, having a clear privacy policy helps create trust between you and your users. Perhaps more importantly, it helps you understand the dos and dont's of using user’s information.
 	Many other platforms (such as Google, Apple, and more) require that you have a privacy policy if you want to use their services. For example, you cannot upload a mobile app to the app store without a A Privacy Policy.
 	Having a privacy policy helps you minimize your risk of claims against misuse of personal information. This means one less thing to worry about.

Key Issues to Address in a Privacy Policy

Privacy Policy Checklist: Key Sections to Include

Minimum user age – State the minimum age and applicable laws (e.g., COPPA for under-13 users).
What information you collect – List all data types: name, email, location, cookies, third-party data (e.g., Facebook login).
How you use the information – State specific purposes per data type, especially under GDPR.
Data retention period – Explain how long you store user data and why.
Third-party sharing – Disclose which third parties receive user data and for what purpose.
User rights – Describe users' right to access, correct, delete, or port their data.
Cookie policy – Disclose use of cookies and tracking technologies.
Contact information – Provide a way for users to exercise their rights or raise concerns.
Policy update mechanism – Explain how and when users will be notified of changes.


Below are the main subjects that you need to cover in your privacy policy. Please note that these are not all of the issues – just the main ones.
Minimum Users’ age
It is crucial to know the age of your users because different age groups come with different legal obligations. For example, the legal obligations that apply to users 18 and above very much differ from those between 13 – 18, or those under 13. For example, for users under the age of 13 laws such as COPPA (the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Rule) in the United States may apply – in which case you would need to get parental consent + identifying information on the parents. Therefore, if your services are not specifically aimed at users under the age of 13, it is better and safer to limit the users’ age to 18 and upwards.

﻿
Age of your Users

What Information You Collect
You need to clearly specify what information you collect from your users. This includes information that the users provide when signing up / purchasing and when using your services, such as name, location, gender, email address etc. Many people forget to include information that they receive from third party platforms. For example, when a user signs up through his Facebook account, you usually get access to information about that user. Another way you may receive information about your users is through browser ‘Cookies’. ‘Cookies’ are packets of data collected and stored on the user’s Internet browser. If your platform collects information in another way, it is important to let your contract lawyer know.
How You Use the Information
You need to clearly let the user know how you intend to use the information that you collected and for what purpose. Common uses include “to deliver you the product”, “contact you”, “prevent illegal activities” and other examples. In Europe, under the GDPR, it is not enough to state general purposes (such as “to operate the website”) and the general rule is that you need to be specific in regard to each ‘piece’ of information. For example: “we collect you home address so that we can deliver you the products that we ordered”. It is important that your lawyer know if you plan to use the information in another way. For example, for connecting between users.
Sharing the Information with Third Parties (other sides)
You need to clearly list all the other parties (people, companies, organizations) with whom you will be sharing user information. For example, you might share the user’s information with the company that does the delivery of the products. Or perhaps your credit card processor. It is crucial that you share with your attorney all cases of sharing information as this is a very important section. This is especially true if you plan to sell the information.
Protecting the Information
You should describe how you intend to protect the information that you have collected about the user. Writing this section will also help you better understand how you actually protect your information – if you have not already done so.
What are the User’s Rights in regard to his information
Although you may have received the user’s consent to collect his or her information, the user still has certain rights in regard to that information (especially under the GDPR). For example, the user has the right to access the information (to see it), to ask you to correct it if something is inaccurate, and to ask that you delete it (in which case you may need or not need to comply).
Getting User Consent
We highly advise that you don’t just stick the policy somewhere on your website or mobile app. If you’ve already gone to the trouble of getting a policy, you may as well do it right. Proving that users have given their consent may be the difference between losing and winning in court. If you want to get user consent properly, we advise that you at least do the following:

 	Add a link to the policy at the bottom of each page, or at least on the home page.
 	During the sign up process, add a tick (V) box. Next to it, add a sentence that indicates their consent. For example: “I hereby confirm reading the Terms of Use and Privacy Policy”. Make sure that users need to tick the box before continuing with sign up. Also, add a link on the words “Privacy Policy” which leads to the Privacy Policy. This way they can read through the policy if they want to.

&nbsp;

There are additional (important) methods which help strengthen user consent. If you reached out to an attorney and they don’t mention the above – they may not specialize in the field of privacy. Or perhaps they don’t specialize in Privacy Policy for Websites and Mobile Apps. This is something we specialize in, and we’re happy to help.
Privacy Policy and Email Marketing + Spam
It’s important to note that even if user’s consent to the privacy policy, this is not enough for marketing emails. To send marketing emails (sometimes known as SPAM), you need to get specific consent. This can be done in a similar way to the methods mentioned in the above section (“User Consent”).
Different Privacy Rules for Different Countries
Each country has its own rules regarding privacy, with some being especially stringent and others being more lenient. Additionally, the rules are not only based on where you or your business is located, but on where your users are located. For example, if your business is in the US, but your users are from Europe, you may have to comply both with US privacy laws and the European ones (GDPR).
Ok, so the Policy seems important. Where do I get one?
Firstly, it’s important to remember that the privacy policies on other websites and mobile apps are owned by others. Meaning that you can’t just copy them (you can, but if you get caught you’ll be sued). Secondly, since it’s a legal document that requires knowledge of the relevant laws, it’s recommended to use the services of a high-tech lawyer. Such a lawyer can help you tailor the Privacy Policy to your specific needs. Can you do it on your own? Perhaps, but there is a high chance that it will not be done properly. Can you find something on the internet? You could probably find something fairly cheap on the internet, and it may be good enough in the beginning. Nevertheless, in the long run, make sure to use a tailor-made version that’s adjusted to what your company does.
3 key takeaways:

 	The Privacy Policy is mandatory by law in many countries + it’s good business practice.
 	Make sure that you actually do what your Privacy Policy says you do.
 	Even if you don’t use my services – consult a lawyer (and don’t copy something from the internet. The price of a copyright lawsuit is about 100 times the price of the document itself).

Well done for working on your startup / business and good luck! Feel free to contact us!

## Idea Validation: How Do I Validate My Startup Idea?
https://startuplawyer.co.il/idea-validation-how-do-i-validate-my-startup-idea/

Quick Answer: How Do I Validate My Startup Idea?
  Idea validation confirms three things before you invest years in a startup:
  
    A real market need exists for your idea.
    Target customers are willing to pay for it.
    The price they'll pay (minus expenses) makes the venture worthwhile.
  
  The core validation steps are:
  
    Share your idea without revealing ownership to collect honest feedback (avoid the "Ugly Baby Syndrome").
    Build a Business Model Canvas (BMC) to identify your true target customer.
    Create a landing page or mockup and run paid ads to measure click-through and conversion rates.
    Analyze data to decide: proceed, pivot, or stop.
  

Validating your startup idea is among the most important actions you need to take before moving forward. Ironically, most entrepreneurs (including many of the ones I’ve advised to in my capacity as a startup lawyer or business mentor) do a ton of stuff to advance their startup, all without first doing any validation. So, if you’re reading this, and assuming you make it until the end [of this post, not the startup lifecycle :-)], then you’re already 10 steps ahead of other entrepreneurs – well done!

In this post (which does not fully cover the topic), I’ll give you a quick practical example of how the validation process should be done.

Super summary for busy people (skip this paragraph if you plan to read the whole post): validating your startup idea is the process in which you confirm that: (1) there is in fact a need for your idea, (2) people are willing to pay for it, and (3) the price that they’re willing to pay justifies dedicating about 2-5 years of your life working on your startup. The “How”: (1) share your idea with as many people as possible (without actually telling them it’s your idea – see why below) and/or run an anonymous survey; (2) create a landing page / demo page / mockups and advertise the service/product to see: how many people click the ad and how many of those convert to ‘paying’ customers (click the “buy” button). Based on the data from the above process, you can then make an informed decision:  continue working on your startup, pivot (change direction) or go back to your day job.
What is Idea Validation?
Idea Validation is the process in which you confirm that your idea (service or product) is a valid idea. Meaning that your target customers are willing to pay the price that you’re asking for, and that that price (minus expenses) will generate enough profits to make dedicating the next 2-5 years of your life (or more) working on your startup worth it.
Why is Idea Validation Important for Startups?
Idea validation is one of the most important actions that you can take in the beginning of your startup journey. I’ve seen hundreds of entrepreneurs spend months of work and hundreds or thousands of Dollars working on their startup, only to discover [after the initial launch] that (1) people aren’t interested in their product/service and/or (2) they’re not willing to pay the requested price, and/or (3) they are willing to pay, but the sale price (minus expenses) doesn’t justify all of your hard work. Hence, instead of discovering all of the above only after putting in all that time and effort (= frustration), why not avoid it by validating your idea earlier on.

Now you might think that not validating a startup is something that only unsophisticated people do, but you’d be surprised to hear that this is very common, including among many of the founders of well-known companies. A famous example is the founders of Instagram (originally named “Bourbon”). It is said that after the initial launch (a result of months of development and a lot of features), they realized that people weren’t using most of the features, and were mainly using the pictures feature. So they went back to the drawing board, disposed of most of the features and focused on the pictures feature. This is something that they could have checked during validation, thus saving months of hard work and valuable time.
What’s So Great About Validating My Idea?
Validating your idea allows you in a relatively quick and inexpensive way to confirm the need for your product or service. The emphasis here is on quick and inexpensive. The basic concept here (taken from the Lean Startup Methodology) is that if you’re going to fail, then it’s better to fail fast and ‘fail cheap’ rather than failing after you’ve spent a lot of time and money.
How to Validate Your Startup Idea: Step-by-Step

  How to Validate a Startup Idea (3-Step Framework)
  
    Step 1 — Collect Honest Feedback
    Share your idea without revealing you're the founder to neutralize the "Ugly Baby Syndrome." Use anonymous surveys or attribute the idea to a friend. Ask open-ended questions about the problem, not your solution.
  
  
    Step 2 — Build a Business Model Canvas (BMC)
    Map out your value proposition, customer segments, revenue streams, cost structure, and key activities on a single page. This clarifies who your real customers are before you spend on ads.
  
  
    Step 3 — Run a Landing Page Experiment
    Create a simple landing or demo page and drive targeted paid traffic to it. Measure: (a) ad click-through rate, (b) conversion rate on the "Buy" or "Sign Up" button. Use this data to calculate whether unit economics justify building the full product.
  

So we know validating is important, and we know that the aim is to see if people will pay for your service, how much they’ll pay, and what it takes (and costs) to drive them to your landing page and then make their decision to purchase the service. The question now is HOW do we do this.

Let’s imagine that your idea is like Airbnb but for swimming pools, meaning that people who have private swimming pools can rent them out (and yes, there is a startup doing this already).

1.   Step one (not compulsory): step one involves one or both of the below actions (depends how thorough you want to be). Step (A) would be the minimum.

(A) Share your idea with as many people as possible, and ask them for the feedback. Now this might seem obvious, but here’s the secret: most people who do this do it wrong! Imagine I come up to you, and show you my new born baby and say: “Hey, what do you think about my baby?”. Now let’s agree that everyone knows this is the ugliest baby ever born, what would you answer? Unless you’re a cold hearted bastard (sorry), you would probably say something like: “Aww, he’s gorgeous!” – right? In the startup world this is known as the “Ugly Baby Syndrome” and what it means is that when people go and present their startup ideas, they’re usually all excited and it goes something like this: “Hey, I wanted to share this amazing idea that I have with you. I’ve quit my job to pursue it and have been working on it days and nights for the last 8 months. The idea is this: bla bla bla. So what do you think?”. Now obviously, as I explained, the idea in this case is the baby, and no normal person is going to say anything bad because they understand that it will crush your heart. So, instead of giving you the truth, they’re going to keep boosting you ego (at least about the idea) which only do you more harm. — “Ok, so what the hell should I do?” – I’m glad that you asked. When you present your idea to people, you need to do 2 things: (1) distance yourself from the idea a bit, and (2) allow room for criticism/honest feedback. It would go something like this: “Hey. My friend Jake wants me to join his startup, I think the ideas not so great, but I wanted to get your opinion.” This way, they aren’t afraid to tell you the truth because it’s not your startup and because you’ve already said yourself that you don’t think it’s great.

(B) Create a Business Model Canvas (BMC) – this is sort of a mini version of a business plan (but for startups) which is sketched by using 9 subjects (‘building blocks’ – see below image). This is something that can be done on one page, but if you want to go into more detail, 2-5 would be best. Although doing a the BMC is not crucial for doing the validation process, it will help you (1) in the long run, and (2) you will better understand who your target customers are (which are not always who you initially think they are) – these two points will help you create a better validation process.



Here’s a video which uses the Nespresso business model to show you how the BMC works:

&nbsp;

﻿

2.  Step Two: create a mini website. Once you’re clear on what your service/product is and who your target customers are, you’ll be creating kind of a showroom for it (if it doesn’t require a lot of work, you could create a very basic version of your product/service (this is sometimes referred to as a Proof of Concept (POC) or a Minimal Viable Product (MVP)).

For online service or products sold online: setup a basic landing page or profile website using one of the free website/landing page creators such as Wix, Wordpress, Weebly etc. [note: some of you might be thinking: “what? Create a website? That’s like 10 or 30 hours of work!”. The truth is that you can create a fairly nice Wix website in a matter of minutes. In my “Entrepreneurship 101” course I give students 15 minutes to create a basic website, and almost all of them manage to create one.]. Using the above tools, you can create the website/landing page for free, or for up to $50 (per month) if you need specific features.

For Mobile Apps: if your service is a mobile app, and you want to show it in a way that looks like an app, another option is to create something called a Wireframe, or Mockup or Clickable Prototype (“CP”). This is a visual version of the app without it actually working (kind of like a shiny car without an engine inside). You’re basically creating images of the future App, and these images change each time you click a button, thus showing the flow of how the app would work. You can do this using tools such as Balsamiq or Proto.io and others (free for initial use and after that you need to pay). See here a list of 15 Wireframe online tools.

* Let’s call the mockup/landing page and website – ‘Website’.

Important notes for this stage:

 	On the Website you created, it is important that you don’t forget to include the price of the service, and allow  people to complete their signup/order (YES, even if your service doesn’t exist yet or isn’t fully operational! See below about what happens when they place their order). The main reason for creating the Website is to check how many potential customers will click the “buy”, “sign up” or “download” button, so without enabling them to do this, there is no point in creating the Website.
 	It is important that your Website clearly explains what the service does. Have you ever noticed how you land on a website and after spending 2-3 minutes there still have no idea what the company does? This is unfortunately a problem that both big and small companies have and it sucks! I always say: if you can’t explain your idea/business concept in 30 seconds to your grandma or your 12 year old nephew, then your explanation is  too complicated).
 	It is wise to write “Alpha Version” or “Pilot Version” somewhere at the top and bottom of your website. This helps make the potential customers more understanding because they know that you are just starting out and might still be testing the waters.

&nbsp;

3. Step Three: mini marketing. Assuming that you’ve determined your target market/customers in the previous stages, create a mini marketing campaign to bring people to your Website. This can be anywhere from $50 – $500 – all depending on how you do your marketing (which platforms), the field that you’re in (and the competitors), and other factors. The main point during this step is to learn and understand the following:

 	Are people clicking on your ads, and how many of them? This gives you the click through rate which helps you understand how much you’ll need to spend on advertising in the future to get each paying customer.
 	How much is each click costing you and how much is the overall campaign costing you?
 	How many people (out of those who clicked the ad and reached your website) decided to buy your product / service – meaning decided to signup/click the buy button? (it is very important that you are able to track how many people did in fact click this button! Without being able to do so you will not be able to understand the results of the validation process).
 	How much are they willing to pay? You can check this by having 2-3 different Websites / landing pages with the same information, but different prices. Alternatively, you can have just one Website and just change the price (but it is crucial that you wait at least 1 week between campaigns).

But what happens if someone does click the “buy”/”signup”/”register” button? My product/service doesn’t yet exist/isn’t ready for delivery? Good question! Once someone clicks the “buy” button, you show them a message that says something like:

“Wow, we’re so excited that you’re interested in our product/service! Thanks!

Unfortunately we’re currently in Alpha/pilot testing mode and have limited our signups to the first 100/1000 people – which we’ve just hit.

Please leave your details and we promise to notify you when we have more products / when more people can sign up, but to also give you a 10% discount on our service”

This is kind of what Clubhouse did with the “invite only” concept. Just make sure that under this message you have a contact form so that people can leave their details.

A Few Last Important Points to Remember.

 	The sooner you validate your product, the better!
 	The version of the Website that you are validating needs to be representative (as similar as possible) of the end product that you plan to sell, or else the validation process will be less reliable.
 	Don’t spend months or thousands of Dollars on the validation process. Think light, lean, quick…Launch something, market it, reach conclusions, make adjustments, market again, make adjustments, analyze the data and then reach the relevant conclusions.
 	It is important that the person sees the price of the product/service BEFORE they click the buy/sign-up button – otherwise the results will not be accurate (there is a big difference between the people who click the “buy” button versus those who actually take out their credit cards and complete the purchase (think of it: have you ever tried to buy something online but eventually left it in the checkout cart? You have haven’t you ???? ).
 	In order to rule out external factors like an unattractive landing page or advertising campaign, and assuming you have the time, create multiple landing pages / advertising campaigns, with different designs.
 	During the above process, don’t forget to check how much it costs you for each potential customer who clicks the “buy” button. If, for example, each click on your ad/banner costs you $2, and 1 out of 10 people who click the ad actually “buy” the product, then that means each sale is costing you $20. You then need to check what your average profit is per sale, and then you’ll know if your service/product is worth pursuing. Obviously this is a simplification of the calculation seeing how there are additional factors such as return customers, referrals, improving your conversion rate etc.. In any case, you will get a good estimate/validation of the idea/business). [Note: the average conversion rate for online sales is between 0.5%-5% (normally around 1%) depending on your industry].

Well done for trying to create your own startup! Don’t forget to enjoy the journey! If you liked this post, please share it with your friends or link to it. Feel free to contact us!

## Everything you need to know about a founder’s agreement
https://startuplawyer.co.il/everything-you-need-to-know-about-a-founders-agreement/

When should founders sign a founder's agreement?
    
      Founders should sign a founder's agreement before writing any code, raising any money, incorporating the company, or approaching investors. Signing it at day zero prevents disputes over IP ownership and equity that become exponentially harder to resolve later.
    
  
  
    How long is a typical founder's agreement?
    
      A comprehensive founder's agreement is typically 8 to 16 pages long and covers at least 30 separate issues including IP assignment, equity vesting, roles, decision-making, non-compete obligations, and departure procedures.
    
  
  
    Is a founder's agreement legally binding?
    
      Yes. A properly drafted and signed founder's agreement is a legally binding contract. It is enforceable in court and overrides informal email agreements or verbal understandings between co-founders.
    
  
  
    What is the difference between a founder's agreement and shareholder agreement?
    
      A founder's agreement is signed at the pre-incorporation or early startup stage and focuses on co-founder relationships, IP assignment, and equity terms. A shareholder agreement is a more formal post-incorporation document that governs all shareholders' rights, including investors. The founder's agreement often evolves into or is superseded by the shareholder agreement after incorporation.
    
  

  Founder's Agreement — Plain-Language Definition
  A founder's agreement is a legally binding contract between startup co-founders that establishes: who owns the intellectual property, how equity is split and vested, what each founder's role is, how decisions are made, and what happens if a founder leaves or is removed. It should be signed before incorporating, writing code, or raising funding.
  Also known as: co-founder agreement, partnership agreement, founders' contract

A founder's agreement is a legally binding contract between startup co-founders covering equity splits, IP ownership, roles, decision-making, conflict resolution, and departure procedures. It protects all co-founders and the company if disputes arise.Yes. A founder's agreement should be signed before writing code, raising money, or incorporating. It establishes IP ownership and equity terms from day one, preventing costly disputes later.Without a founder's agreement, co-founders may dispute who owns the intellectual property, how decisions are made, and what happens when one founder leaves. This is the third most common cause of startup failure according to CB Insights.

Quick Summary: A founder's agreement is a legally binding contract between startup co-founders that covers IP ownership, equity splits, roles, decision-making, conflict resolution, and what happens when a founder leaves. Without one, co-founder disputes — the third most common cause of startup failure — can destroy a company. Every startup should have one before writing a line of code or raising money.

A founder’s agreement is one of the most important agreements that you’ll ever sign. According to research by CB Insights (2023), the third most popular reason for startup failure was: “not the right team” – which is a polite way of saying that the founders couldn’t get a long, or that there were disagreements with at least one of the main founders. It is therefore no surprise that startup lawyers like myself often find themselves drafting ‘separation agreements’ between founders – but that’s for another article.

Bottom line: it’s difficult enough setting up a startup without having to deal with issues between founders, especially legal issues. So if you don’t want to find yourself among the many startups that fail due to founder disputes, sign a founder’s agreement.
What is a founder’s agreement?
A founder’s agreement, also known sometimes as a partnership agreement, is an agreement signed between the founders of a venture or startup. The agreement is intended to define the relationship between the founders, and the terms and conditions of their partnership and work on the startup. Any decent founder’s agreement usually covers at least 30 issues (which is why they are usually 8 – 16 pages long). They are usually written in ‘legalize’ (Legal English – a higher level of English with a lot of legal jargon).
But wait, if a founder’s agreement is so important, why wouldn’t founders sign it?
Here are just a few of the many reasons I hear from entrepreneurs: “He’s my best friend, I’ve known him since we were in kindergarten”. Or: “She’s my cousin, I feel uncomfortable asking her to sign an agreement”. Or: “they would never do anything to harm me – I thought of the idea”.

In response, I ask the founder’s if they’ve ever been in a romantic relationship that lasted less than 6 months? They almost always say “yes” (because who hasn’t right?). And then I tell them that if romantic relationships – which include flowers, chocolates, gifts – and if you’re lucky then sex as well, don’t last more than 6 months, why do they think that a relationship based on long hours, no or low pay, stress and an emotional roller-coaster ride, would survive longer?

Their response is usually: “Where do I sign and when will it be ready?”
The key issues that need to be in your founder’s agreement.
1. Intellectual Property Assignment (IP Transfer)
When a person creates something (for example a painting or a logo), they will usually own the rights to that creation. These rights are called Intellectual Property (IP). They include various types of rights: trademarks, copyrights, patents and a couple of other legal types of ownership rights. The default is that if I create something, I own the IP rights to that creation. However, there are numerous situations in which the default does not apply. In regards to the founder’s agreement, we want to always make sure that all the IP rights are assigned (given to) the company (or the current venture / future company to be established). This is done to prevent a situation where one of the founders creates something, and then if s/he leaves, they leave with their IP. For example: imagine that there are 3 founders, and one of them is in charge of writing the code for the mobile application. If there is no assignment and waiver in the founder’s agreement, then if that founder leaves, s/he leaves with all the rights to the code, meaning that the company cannot use that code without the founder’s permission. Now if the departing founder left due to an argument, there is no way that s/he will agree to let the company or the other founder’s use the code – forcing the company to start from scratch. This is what the waiver and assignment section is for: it states that the founders transfer all their IP ownership rights in whatever they created, to the venture / company.
2. Firing or Departure of a Founder
This might seem obvious, but funnily enough, when drafting their initial ‘email’ agreement, almost all founders neglect to mention what happens if they need to fire a founder. This of course leaves them in a bind when the arguments start or when one of the founders stops fulfilling his/her obligations. This section solves this problem by defining specific events under which founders may fire one of the founders (and the mechanism of doing so). This section will usually include aspects such as the founder not fulfilling his/her obligations, competing with the venture, or even situations in which a founder is physically unable to perform his/her activities.
3. Decision-Making Process
How are decisions made amongst the founders? Majority vote? Rock, paper, scissors? Or maybe the founder with the loudest voice wins? Founders usually state that the majority vote is the method for making decisions, but overlook numerous aspects such as: does this majority apply to the shareholders meetings or just to the board of directors meetings?; What happens if there are an equal amount of founders (for example 4), and 2 of them want option A and the other 2 want option B – who decides? And what happens if only 2 out of the 4 founders are present in the meeting – can the other founders make decisions, or is there a minimum amount of founders that need to be present? All the above issues need to be addressed in the founder’s agreement.
﻿
4. Conflict Resolution
This is a very important section, especially because there will be conflicts, and unfortunately the founders won’t always be able to solve them themselves. Common solutions include mediation, arbitration, or my favorite: a neutral third party (like your lawyer) who understands the business, the industry, and the personal background of the founders. Of course, going to court is always an option, but it’s usually the worst option for everyone involved.

5. Roles and Responsibilities

I know what you’re thinking: “Common, founders know what they’re supposed to do”, right? But in actual fact, they often don’t know who is in charge of what aspect, and even more often, each think that they are in charge of the other founder’s responsibilities. This usually leads to overlapping responsibilities and arguments about who decides. But defining the roles and responsibilities isn’t only about who does what, it’s also about how much time a founder needs to invest in the startup, for how long, at what times etc. And this is important because without it, your ‘firing a founder’ section is useless. If you do not clearly know what a founder’s responsibilities are, how can you fire them for ‘not fulfilling their responsibilities’? The roles and responsibilities need to be clearly defined, and outlined to prevent any misunderstandings.
6. Non-Compete Clause
This section states that the founders may not compete directly or indirectly with the startup for a period of X months or years (with 12 months to 3 years being the more commonly accepted time periods) starting from the date they left the startup. When a founder ceases to be active in the startup, whether they leave for legitimate reasons or as a result of a disagreement, you and the venture do not want that founder taking all the knowledge, know-how, connections and experience that s/he gained and using it to benefit a competing business.

An additional mechanism that completes the protection given by the non-compete section, is the fact that when a founder leaves, although s/he retains the shares that s/he is entitled to, the shares will be held by a proxy / trustee (a representative of the company/startup) who will vote on behalf of the leaving founder (usually the vote is with whatever the majority vote is at that time). The reason for this is that you – the remaining founder – don’t want a founder who left due to disagreements (and who is now upset with the other founders) voting on key decisions.
Vesting and reverse vesting
Let’s first explain what vesting and reverse vesting are. Both are legal/business methods of allocating (handing out) the shares to the founders. There are 3 main methods to allocate shares to founders. The first method is simple: you give each founder their shares from day one (the signing of the agreement). Let’s say we have 3 founders: John, Amy and Mike, and they decide that they are each supposed to get 33.33% of the shares. With the first method, they will each get 33% from day one (usually the signing of the agreement) and the shares are theirs. The problem with this method is that if Mike leaves after say 1 month, he leaves with the entire 33%, basically leaving the startup crippled because the remaining founders won’t want to keep working for only 66% of the company, while Mike sits back and enjoys the profits from his 33%. Also, no investor will invest in such a company.

The second method is called vesting, and the way it works is that each of the 3 founders is still entitled to 33% shares each, but they only get a portion of the shares – either every X months (over a time period of 3-4 years), or upon the completion of pre-defined milestones. For example: Mike, John and Amy agree on 33% each, over a vesting period of 3 years – with quarterly allocations of shares. This means that every 3 months, each founder will get 2.75% of the shares (12 quarters in 3 years, meaning 33% divided by 12 for each quarter). Alternatively, instead of deciding on quarterly allocations, the founders may subject the vesting to specific milestones for each founder (or shared milestones). In this case, only once Amy finishes the front end of the mobile app, she will get 12% of her shares (from the total 33%). Each method (the time based or milestone based) has advantages and disadvantages and it’s important to know them.
﻿
The third method – reverse vesting: the founders each get their 33% (in the beginning – usually with the signing of the founder’s agreement), but the shares are subject to (conditioned on) the fulfillment of all that founder’s obligations in the agreement, and a buy-back provision. The buy-back provision states that if the founder does not fulfil his/her obligations as mentioned per the founders agreement (including if they leave or get fired), then the other founders and/or the company can purchase back any “unvested shares” at a symbolic price of $X (usually $1 – for all the unvested shares). As for what counts as “unvested shares” – there is a section that defines how long the shares will vest for (like in the regular vesting method). So, if for example Mike got fired after a year, Mike would leave with 11% and the company could buy back the remaining 22% of the shares that didn’t vest yet (Mike got 11% of his 33% shares because he worked 1 year out of the 3 year vesting period).

One of the main reasons that the reverse vesting came into play, was taxes. I won’t go into all the explanations, but under the regular vesting method, each time a founder receives shares, it is considered a tax event, for which the founder has to pay taxes. But, if all the shares are given upon the incorporation of the company, there is no tax event (but then you need the reverse vesting mechanism, so that if a founder leaves after a month, s/he doesn’t do so with all his shares, leaving the venture/ company crippled).
Can I draft the founder’s agreement myself?
Theoretically speaking? Yes. Should you? Definitely not! And no, I’m not saying this because I want your business. You can use any lawyer, so long as you (1) use one, and you (2) make sure that they are high-tech lawyer / startup lawyers.

As with many other types of agreements, if you’re a fairly intelligent person, and you do your research, you will be able to draft almost any type of agreement. Also, I’m sure that you could find some templates on the internet. But, and there’s a few of them: (a) the founder’s agreement is one of those agreements that need to be specifically tailored to your needs; (b) the small legal/business details in the agreement make a huge difference (and someone without legal and business experience with startups will miss these), and (c) this is the type of agreement in which the added business value that an experienced lawyer can offer makes a big difference.
Well done for working on a startup, and good luck! Feel free to contact us!

